P. 1
EM 1110-2-1614 Design of Coastal Revetments, Seawals, And Bulkheads

EM 1110-2-1614 Design of Coastal Revetments, Seawals, And Bulkheads

|Views: 810|Likes:
Published by engineerh

More info:

Published by: engineerh on Sep 29, 2010
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

02/05/2013

pdf

text

original

CECW-EH-D

Engineer
Manual
1110-2-1614
Department of the Army
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Washington, DC 20314-1000
EM 1110-2-1614
30 June 1995
Engineering and Design
DESIGN OF COASTAL REVETMENTS,
SEAWALLS, AND BULKHEADS
Distribution Restriction Statement
Approved for public release; distribution is
unlimited.
EM 1110-2-1614
30 June 1995
US Army Corps
of Engineers
ENGINEERING AND DESIGN
Design of Coastal Revetments,
Seawalls, and Bulkheads
ENGINEER MANUAL
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY EM 1110-2-1614
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
CECW-EH-D Washington, DC 20314-1000
Manual
No. 1110-2-1614 30 June 1995
Engineering and Design
DESIGN OF COASTAL REVETMENTS, SEAWALLS, AND BULKHEADS
1. Purpose. This manual provides guidance for the design of coastal revetment, seawalls, and
bulkheads.
2. Applicability. This manual applies to HQUSACE elements, major subordinate commands (MSC),
districts, laboratories, and field operating activities (FOA) having civil works responsibilities.
3. Discussion. In areas subject to wind-driven waves and surge, structures such as revetments,
seawalls, and bulkheads are commonly employed either to combat erosion or to maintain development
at an advanced position from the natural shoreline. Proper performance of such structures is pre-
dicated on close adherence to established design guidance. This manual presents important design
considerations and describes commonly available materials and structural components. All applicable
design guidance must be applied to avoid poor performance or failure. Study of all available structural
materials can lead, under some conditions, to innovative designs at significant cost savings for civil
works projects.
FOR THE COMMANDER:
This manual supersedes EM 1110-2-1614, dated 30 April 1985.
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY EM 1110-2-1614
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
CECW-EH-D Washington, DC 20314-1000
Manual
No. 1110-2-1614 30 June 1995
Engineering and Design
DESIGN OF COASTAL REVETMENTS, SEAWALLS, AND BULKHEADS
Table of Contents
Subject Paragraph Page Subject Paragraph Page
Chapter 1
Introduction
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-1
Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-1
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1-1
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1-1
Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1-1
Chapter 2
Functional Design
Shoreline Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2-1
Shoreline Form and
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-1
Seasonal Variations
of Shoreline Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2-1
Design Conditions
for Protective Measures . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2-1
Design Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-1
Design Wave Estimation . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-2
Wave Height and Period Variability
and Significant Waves . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-2
Wave Gauges and
Visual Observations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 2-3
Wave Hindcasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2-4
Wave Forecasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2-4
Breaking Waves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 2-4
Height of Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2-4
Wave Runup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2-4
Wave Overtopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2-6
Stability and Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 2-8
Armor Unit Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 2-8
Layer Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 2-10
Reserve Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 2-10
Toe Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 2-11
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 2-12
Flank Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 2-16
Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 2-16
Freeze-Thaw Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 2-17
Marine Borer Activity . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 2-18
Ultraviolet Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 2-18
Abrasion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 2-18
Vandalism and Theft . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2-18
Geotechnical Considerations . . . . . . 2-28 2-18
Wave Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 2-18
Impact Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 2-20
Ice Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 2-20
Hydraulic Model Tests . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2-20
Two-Dimensional Models . . . . . . . . 2-33 2-20
Three-Dimensional Models . . . . . . . 2-34 2-20
Previous Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 2-21
Chapter 3
Revetments
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-1
Armor Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3-1
Design Procedure Checklist . . . . . . . 3-3 3-1
Chapter 4
Seawalls
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4-1
Concrete Seawalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4-1
Rubble-Mound Seawalls . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4-1
Design Procedure Checklist . . . . . . . 4-4 4-1
Chapter 5
Bulkheads
General 5-1 5-1
Structural Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5-1
Design Procedure Checklist . . . . . . . 5-3 5-1
Chapter 6
Environmental Impacts
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6-1
Physical Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6-1
i
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Subject Paragraph Page Subject Paragraph Page
Water Quality Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 6-1
Biological Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 6-1
Short-term Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 6-2
Long-term Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 6-2
Socioeconomic and
Cultural Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 6-2
Evaluation of Alternatives . . . . . . . . . 6-8 6-2
Appendix A
References
Appendix B
Revetments
Appendix C
Seawalls
Appendix D
Bulkheads
Appendix E
Sample Problem
Appendix F
Glossary
ii
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
List of Figures
Figure Page Figure Page
2-1 Monthly lake level forecast . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-2 Design breaker height . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-3 Surf parameter and
breaking wave types . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2-4 Revetment toe protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2-5 Seawall and bulkhead
toe protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2-6 Toe aprons for sheet-pile bulkheads . . . . 2-15
2-7 Value of N
s
, toe protection
design for vertical walls . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-8 Use of filter cloth under revetment
and toe protection stone . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2-9 Breaking wave pressures
on a vertical wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2-10 Wave pressure from broken waves . . . . 2-20
3-1 Typical revetment section . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2 Summary of revetment alternatives . . . . 3-2
4-1 Typical concrete seawall sections . . . . . 4-1
4-2 Summary of seawall alternatives . . . . . . 4-1
5-1 Summary of bulkhead alternatives . . . . . 5-2
B-1 Quarrystone revetment at
Tawas Point, Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
B-2 Quarrystone revetment cross section . . . B-1
B-3 Large stone overlay revetment
at Oahe Reservoir, SD . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B-4 Large stone overlay
revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
B-5 Field stone revetment at
Kekaha Beach, Kauai, HI . . . . . . . . . . B-3
B-6 Field stone revetment cross section . . . . B-4
B-7 Broken concrete revetment
at Shore Acres, TX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
B-8 Broken concrete revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
B-9 Asphaltic concrete revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6
B-10 Concrete tribars (armor unit)
test section at CERC,
Fort Belvoir, VA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
B-11 Concrete tribar revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
B-12 Formed concrete revetment,
Pioneer Point, MD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
B-13 Formed concrete revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
B-14 Concrete revetment blocks . . . . . . . . . . B-9
B-15 Gobi block revetment,
Holly Beach, LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
B-16 Gobi block revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
B-17 Turf block revetment,
Port Wing, WI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11
B-18 Turf block revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11
B-19 Nami Ring revetment,
Little Girls Point, MI . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
B-20 Nami Ring revetment cross section . . . . B-12
B-21 Concrete construction block
revetment, Fontainebleau
State Park, LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
B-22 Concrete construction block
revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
B-23 Detail of erosion of
concrete control blocks . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
B-24 Concrete control block revetment,
Port Wing, WI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
B-25 Concrete control block revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
B-26 Shiplap block revetment,
Benedict, MD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
B-27 Shiplap block revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
B-28 Lok-Gard block revetment, Jensen
Beach Causeway, FL . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
B-29 Lok-Gard block revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17
B-30 Terrafix block revetment,
Two Mile, FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17
B-31 Terrafix block revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
B-32 Fabriform revetment,
location unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
B-33 Fabriform revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19
B-34 Bag revetment at
Oak Harbor, WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20
B-35 Bag revetment cross section . . . . . . . . B-20
B-36 Gabion revetment, Oak Harbor, WA . . . B-22
B-37 Gabion revetment cross section . . . . . . B-22
B-38 Steel fuel barrel revetment,
Kotzebue, AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
B-39 Steel fuel barrel revetment
plan and cross section . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
B-40 Fabric revetments, Fontainebleau
State Park, LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-25
B-41 Fabric revetment cross section . . . . . . . B-25
iii
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure Page Figure Page
B-42 Concrete slab revetment,
Alameda, CA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-26
B-43 Concrete slab revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-26
B-44 Soil cement revetment,
Bonny Dam, CO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-27
B-45 Soil cement revetment cross section . . . B-27
B-46 Tire mattress revetment,
Fontainebleau State Park, LA . . . . . . . B-28
B-47 Tire mattress revetment
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
B-48 Landing mat revetment . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
B-49 Windrow revetment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29
B-50 Protective vegetative plantings . . . . . . . B-30
C-1 Curved-face seawall Galveston, TX . . . . C-1
C-2 Curved-face seawall cross section . . . . . C-1
C-3 Stepped-face seawall,
Harrison County, MS . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C-4 Stepped-face seawall cross section . . . . . C-2
C-5 Combination stepped- and curved-face
seawall, San Francisco, CA . . . . . . . . C-3
C-6 Combination stepped- and
curved-face seawall cross section . . . . C-3
C-7 Rubble-mound seawall,
Fernandina Beach, FL . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
C-8 Rubble-mound seawall
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
D-1 Sheet-pile bulkhead,
Lincoln Township, MI . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
D-2 Steel sheet-pile bulkhead
cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
D-3 Timber sheet-pile bulkhead,
possibly at Fort Story, VA . . . . . . . . . D-3
D-4 Construction details of
timber sheet pile bulkhead . . . . . . . . . D-3
D-5 Aluminum sheet-pile bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4
D-6 Concrete sheet-pile bulkhead,
Folly Beach, SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4
D-7 Cellular steel sheet-pile bulkhead,
plan and cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
D-8 Concrete slab and
king-pile bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
D-9 Concrete slab and king-pile
bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6
D-10 Railroad ties and steel
H-pile bulkhead, Port Wing, WI . . . . D-7
D-11 Railroad ties and steel
H-pile bulkhead cross section . . . . . . D-7
D-12 Treated timber bulkhead,
Oak Harbor, WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8
D-13 Treated timber bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8
D-14 Untreated log bulkhead,
Oak Harbor, WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9
D-15 Untreated log bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9
D-16 Hogwire fence and sandbag
bulkhead, Basin Bayou
Recreation Area, FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
D-17 Hogwire fence and sandbag
bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
D-18 Used rubber tire and timber post
bulkhead, Oak Harbor, WA . . . . . . . . D-11
D-19 Used rubber tire and timber post
bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . . . . . D-11
D-20 Timber crib bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-12
D-21 Stacked rubber tire
bulkhead, Port Wing, WI . . . . . . . . . D-12
D-22 Stacked rubber tire bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-13
D-23 Used concrete pipe bulkhead,
Beach City, TX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-13
D-24 Used concrete pipe bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14
D-25 Longard tube bulkhead,
Ashland, WI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
D-26 Longard tube bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
D-27 Stacked bag bulkhead
cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16
D-28 Gabion bulkhead, possibly in
Sand Point, MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16
D-29 Gabion bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . D-16
E-1 Site conditions for sample problem . . . . E-1
E-2 Revetment section alternatives . . . . . . . E-6
E-3 Bulkhead section alternatives . . . . . . . . E-8
iv
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
List of Tables
Table Page Table Page
2-1 Relationships Among T
p
, T
s
, and T
z
. . . . 2-4
2-2 Rough Slope Runup
Correction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-3 Suggested Values for Use in
Determining Armor Weight
(Breaking Wave Conditions) . . . . . . . 2-9
2-4 Layer Coefficients and Porosity
for Various Armor Units . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-5 H/H
D=0
for Cover Layer Damage
Levels for Various Armor Types . . . . . 2-11
2-6 Galvanic Series in Seawater . . . . . . . . . 2-17
6-1 Environmental Design Considerations
for Revetments, Seawalls,
and Bulkheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
B-1 Shiplap Block Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
E-1 Predicted Runup and Required
Crest Elevations for Sample
Revetments Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
E-2 Estimated Toe Scour Depths for
Sample Revetment Options . . . . . . . . E-5
E-3 Summary of Revetment
Design Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
E-4 Site Preparation Costs for
Revetment Alternative . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
E-5 Material Costs for Armor
Stone Revetment Alternative . . . . . . . E-9
E-6 Material Costs for Concrete
Block Revetment Alternative . . . . . . . E-10
E-7 Material Costs for Gabion
Revetment Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
E-8 Material Costs for Soil-
Cement Revetment Option . . . . . . . . E-10
E-9 Summary of Initial Costs
for the Revetment Options . . . . . . . . E-10
E-10 Material Costs for Steel
Sheetpile Bulkhead Option . . . . . . . . E-11
E-11 Material Costs for Railroad Ties
and Steel H-Pile Bulkhead Option . . . E-11
E-12 Material Costs for Gabion
Bulkhead Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-12
E-13 Summary of Initial Costs for
the Bulkhead Options . . . . . . . . . . . . E-12
E-14 Summary of Annual Costs for
Revetment and Bulkhead Options . . . E-12
v
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Chapter 1
Introduction
1-1. Purpose
This manual provides guidance for the design of coastal
revetments, seawalls, and bulkheads.
1-2. Applicability
This manual applies to HQUSACE elements, major
subordinate commands, districts, laboratories, and field
operating activities having civil works responsibilities.
1-3. References
Required and related publications are listed in Appen-
dix A. Bibliographic items are cited in the text by author
and year of publication, with full references listed in
Appendix A. If any reference item contains information
conflicting with this manual, provisions of this manual
govern.
1-4. Background
Structures are often needed along either bluff or beach
shorelines to provide protection from wave action or to
retain in situ soil or fill. Vertical structures are classified
as either seawalls or bulkheads, according to their func-
tion, while protective materials laid on slopes are called
revetments.
a. Revetments. Revetments are generally constructed
of durable stone or other materials that will provide suf-
ficient armoring for protected slopes. They consist of an
armor layer, filter layer(s), and toe protection. The armor
layer may be a random mass of stone or concrete rubble
or a well-ordered array of structural elements that inter-
lock to form a geometric pattern. The filter assures drain-
age and retention of the underlying soil. Toe protection is
needed to provide stability against undermining at the
bottom of the structure.
b. Bulkheads and seawalls. The terms bulkhead
and seawall are often used interchangeably. However, a
bulkhead is primarily intended to retain or prevent sliding
of the land, while protecting the upland area against wave
action is of secondary importance. Seawalls, on the other
hand, are more massive structures whose primary purpose
is interception of waves. Bulkheads may be either can-
tilevered or anchored (like sheetpiling) or gravity struc-
tures (such as rock-filled timber cribs). Their use is
limited to those areas where wave action can be resisted
by such materials. In areas of intense wave action, mas-
sive concrete seawalls are generally required. These may
have either vertical, concave, or stepped seaward faces.
c. Disadvantages. Revetments, bulkheads, and
seawalls mainly protect only the upland area behind them.
All share the disadvantage of being potential wave reflec-
tors that can erode a beach fronting the structure. This
problem is most prevalent for vertical structures that are
nearly perfect wave reflectors and is progressively less
prevalent for curved, stepped, and rough inclined struc-
tures that absorb or dissipate increasing amounts of wave
energy.
1-5. Discussion
The designer is responsible for developing a suitable solu-
tion which is economical and achieves the project’s
purpose (see EM 1110-2-3300). Caution should be exer-
cised, however, when using this manual for anything
beyond preliminary design in which the primary goal is
cost estimating and screening of alternatives. Final design
of large projects usually requires verification by hydraulic
model studies. The construction costs of large projects
offer considerable opportunities for refinements and pos-
sible cost savings as a result of model studies. Model
studies should be conducted for all but small projects
where limited budgets control and the consequences of
failure are not serious.
1-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Chapter 2
Functional Design
2-1. Shoreline Use
Some structures are better suited than others for particular
shoreline uses. Revetments of randomly placed stone
may hinder access to a beach, while smooth revetments
built with concrete blocks generally present little difficulty
for walkers. Seawalls and bulkheads can also create an
access problem that may require the building of stairs.
Bulkheads are required, however, where some depth of
water is needed directly at the shore, such as for use by
boaters.
2-2. Shoreline Form and Composition
a. Bluff shorelines. Bluff shorelines that are com-
posed of cohesive or granular materials may fail because
of scour at the toe or because of slope instabilities aggra-
vated by poor drainage conditions, infiltration, and
reduction of effective stresses due to seepage forces.
Cantilevered or anchored bulkheads can protect against
toe scour and, being embedded, can be used under some
conditions to prevent sliding along subsurface critical
failure planes. The most obvious limiting factor is the
height of the bluff, which determines the magnitude of the
earth pressures that must be resisted, and, to some extent,
the depth of the critical failure surface. Care must be
taken in design to ascertain the relative importance of toe
scour and other factors leading to slope instability. Grav-
ity bulkheads and seawalls can provide toe protection for
bluffs but have limited applicability where other slope sta-
bility problems are present. Exceptions occur in cases
where full height retention is provided for low bluffs and
where the retained soil behind a bulkhead at the toe of a
higher bluff can provide sufficient weight to help counter-
balance the active thrust of the bluff materials.
b. Beach shorelines. Revetments, seawalls, and
bulkheads can all be used to protect backshore develop-
ments along beach shorelines. As described in paragraph
1-4c, an important consideration is whether wave reflec-
tions may erode the fronting beach.
2-3. Seasonal Variations of Shoreline Profiles
Beach recession in winter and growth in summer can be
estimated by periodic site inspections and by computed
variations in seasonal beach profiles. The extent of win-
ter beach profile lowering will be a contributing factor in
determining the type and extent of needed toe protection.
2-4. Design Conditions for Protective Measures
Structures must withstand the greatest conditions for
which damage prevention is claimed in the project plan.
All elements must perform satisfactorily (no damage
exceeding ordinary maintenance) up to this condition, or it
must be shown that an appropriate allowance has been
made for deterioration (damage prevention adjusted accor-
dingly and rehabilitation costs amortized if indicated). As
a minimum, the design must successfully withstand con-
ditions which have a 50 percent probability of being
exceeded during the project’s economic life. In addition,
failure of the project during probable maximum conditions
should not result in a catastrophe (i.e., loss of life or inor-
dinate loss of money).
2-5. Design Water Levels
The maximum water level is needed to estimate the maxi-
mum breaking wave height at the structure, the amount of
runup to be expected, and the required crest elevation of
the structure. Minimum expected water levels play an
important role in anticipating the amount of toe scour that
may occur and the depth to which the armor layer should
extend.
a. Astronomical tides. Changes in water level are
caused by astronomical tides with an additional possible
component due to meteorological factors (wind setup and
pressure effects). Predicted tide levels are published
annually by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA). The statistical characteristics of
astronomical tides at various U.S. ports were analyzed in
Harris (1981) with probability density functions of water
levels summarized in a series of graphs and tables. Simi-
lar tables are available for the Atlantic Coast in Ebersole
(1982) which also includes estimates of storm surge
values.
b. Storm surge. Storm surge can be estimated by
statistical analysis of historical records, by methods
described in Chapter 3 of the Shore Protection Manual
(SPM), or through the use of numerical models. The
numerical models are usually justified only for large proj-
ects. Some models can be applied to open coast studies,
while others can be used for bays and estuaries where the
effects of inundation must be considered.
c. Lake levels. Water levels on the Great Lakes
are subject to both periodic and nonperiodic changes.
Records dating from 1836 reveal seasonal and annual
changes due to variations in precipitation. Lake levels
(particularly Ontario and Superior) are also partially
2-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
controlled by regulatory works operated jointly by Cana-
dian and U.S. authorities. These tend to minimize water
level variations in those lakes. Six-month forecasts of
lake levels are published monthly by the Detroit District
(Figure 2-1).
2-6. Design Wave Estimation
Wave heights and periods should be chosen to produce
the most critical combination of forces on a structure with
due consideration of the economic life, structural integrity,
and hazard for events that may exceed the design con-
ditions (see paragraph 2-4). Wave characteristics may be
based on an analysis of wave gauge records, visual obser-
vations of wave action, published wave hindcasts, wave
forecasts, or the maximum breaking wave at the site.
Wave characteristics derived from such methods may be
for deepwater locations and must be transformed to the
structure site using refraction and diffraction techniques as
described in the SPM. Wave analyses may have to be
performed for extreme high and low design water levels
and for one or more intermediate levels to determine the
critical design conditions.
2-7. Wave Height and Period Variability and
Significant Waves
a. Wave height.
(1) A given wave train contains individual waves of
varying height and period. The significant wave height,
H
s
, is defined as the average height of the highest
one-third of all the waves in a wave train. Other wave
heights such as H
10
and H
1
can also be designated, where
H
10
is the average of the highest 10 percent of all waves,
and H
1
is the average of the highest 1 percent of all
waves. By assuming a Rayleigh distribution, it can be
stated that
(2-1)
H
10
≈ 1.27 H
s
and
(2-2)
H
1
≈ 1.67 H
s
(2) Available wave information is frequently given as
the energy-based height of the zeroth moment, H
mo
. In
deep water, H
s
and H
mo
are about equal; however, they
may be significantly different in shallow water due to
shoaling (Thompson and Vincent 1985). The following
equation may be used to equate H
s
from energy-based
wave parameters (Hughes and Borgman 1987):
(2-3)
H
s
H
mo
exp

]
]
]
]
]
C
0
|

.
`

,
d
gT
2
p
C
1
where
C
0
, C
1
= regression coefficients given as 0.00089 and
0.834, respectively
d = water depth at point in question (i.e., toe of
structure)
g = acceleration of gravity
T
p
= period of peak energy density of the wave
spectrum
A conservative value of H
s
may be obtained by using
0.00136 for C
0
, which gives a reasonable upper envelope
for the data in Hughes and Borgman. Equation 2-3
should not be used for
(2-4)
d
gT
2
p
< 0.0005
or where there is substantial wave breaking.
(3) In shallow water, H
s
is estimated from deepwater
conditions using the irregular wave shoaling and breaking
model of Goda (1975, 1985) which is available as part of
the Automated Coastal Engineering System (ACES) pack-
age (Leenknecht et al. 1989). Goda (1985) recommends
for the design of rubble structures that if the depth is less
than one-half the deepwater significant wave height, then
design should be based on the significant wave height at a
depth equal to one-half the significant deepwater wave
height.
b. Wave period. Wave period for spectral wave
conditions is typically given as period of the peak energy
density of the spectrum, T
p
. However, it is not uncom-
mon to find references and design formulae based on the
average wave period (T
z
) or the significant wave period
(T
s
, average period of the one-third highest waves).
Rough guidance on the relationship among these wave
periods is given in Table 2.1.
c. Stability considerations. The wave height to be
used for stability considerations depends on whether the
2-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 2-1. Monthly lake level forecast
structure is rigid, semirigid, or flexible. Rigid structures
that could fail catastrophically if overstressed may warrant
design based on H
1
. Semirigid structures may warrant a
design wave between H
1
and H
10
. Flexible structures are
usually designed for H
s
or H
10
. Stability coefficients are
coupled with these wave heights to develop various
degrees of damage, including no damage.
2-8. Wave Gauges and Visual Observations
Available wave data for use by designers is often sparse
and limited to specific sites. In addition, existing gauge
data are sometimes analog records which have not been
analyzed and that are difficult to process. Project funding
2-3
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table 2-1
Relationships among T
p
, T
s
, and T
z
T
z
/T
p
T
s
/T
p
Comments γ
0.67 0.80 Severe surf zone conditions
1
NA
0.74 0.88 Pierson-Moskowitz spectrum
2
1.0
0.80 0.93 Typical JONSWAP spectrum
2
3.3
0.87 0.96 Swell from distant storms
2
10.0
1
Developed from data in Ahrens (1987).
2
Developed from Goda (1987).
and time constraints may prohibit the establishment of a
viable gauging program that would provide sufficient
digital data for reliable study. Visual observations from
shoreline points are convenient and inexpensive, but they
have questionable accuracy, are often skewed by the
omission of extreme events, and are sometimes difficult to
extrapolate to other sites along the coast. A visual wave
observation program is described in Schneider (1981).
Problems with shipboard observations are similar to shore
observations.
2-9. Wave Hindcasts
Designers should use the simple hindcasting methods in
ACES (Leenknecht et al. 1989) and hindcasts developed
by the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Sta-
tion (WES) (Resio and Vincent 1976-1978; Corson et al.
1981) for U.S. coastal waters using numerical models.
These later results are presented in a series of tables for
each of the U.S. coasts. They give wave heights and
periods as a function of season, direction of wave
approach, and return period; wave height as a function of
return period and seasons combined; and wave period as a
function of wave height and approach angle. Several
other models exist for either shallow or deep water. Spe-
cific applications depend on available wind data as well
as bathymetry and topography. Engineers should stay
abreast of developments and choose the best method for a
given analysis. Contact the Coastal Engineering Research
Center (CERC) at WES for guidance in special cases.
2-10. Wave Forecasts
Wave forecasts can be performed using the same method-
ologies as those for the wave hindcasts. Normally, the
Corps hindcasts waves for project design, and the Navy
forecasts waves to plan naval operations.
2-11. Breaking Waves
a. Wave heights derived from a hindcast should be
checked against the maximum breaking wave that can be
supported at the site given the available depth at the
design still-water level and the nearshore bottom slope.
Figure 2-2 (Weggel 1972) gives the maximum breaker
height, H
b
, as a function of the depth at the structure, d
s
,
nearshore bottom slope, m, and wave period, T. Design
wave heights, therefore, will be the smaller of the maxi-
mum breaker height or the hindcast wave height.
b. For the severe conditions commonly used for
design, H
mo
may be limited by breaking wave conditions.
A reasonable upper bound for H
mo
is given by
(2-5)
H
mo
max
0.10 L
p
tanh
|

.
`

,
2πd
L
p
where L
p
is wavelength calculated using T
p
and d.
2-12. Height of Protection
When selecting the height of protection, one must consid-
er the maximum water level, any anticipated structure
settlement, freeboard, and wave runup and overtopping.
2-13. Wave Runup
Runup is the vertical height above the still-water level
(swl) to which the uprush from a wave will rise on a
structure. Note that it is not the distance measured along
the inclined surface.
2-4
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 2-2. Design breaker height
a. Rough slope runup.
(1) Maximum runup by irregular waves on riprap-
covered revetments may be estimated by (Ahrens and
Heimbaugh 1988)
(2-6)
R
max
H
mo

1 bξ
where
R
max
= maximum vertical height of the runup above
the swl
a, b = regression coefficients determined as 1.022
and 0.247, respectively
ξ = surf parameter defined by
(2-7)
ξ
tan θ
|

.
`

,
2πH
mo
gT
2
p
1/2
where θ is the angle of the revetment slope with the hori-
zontal. Recalling that the deepwater wavelength may be
determined by
2-5
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
(2-8)
L
o
gT
2
p

the surf parameter is seen to be the ratio of revetment
slope to square root of wave steepness. The surf param-
eter is useful in defining the type of breaking wave con-
ditions expected on the structure, as shown in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3. Surf parameter and breaking wave types
(2) A more conservative value for R
max
is obtained by
using 1.286 for a in Equation 2-6. Maximum runups
determined using this more conservative value for a pro-
vide a reasonable upper limit to the data from which the
equation was developed.
(3) Runup estimates for revetments covered with
materials other than riprap may be obtained with the
rough slope correction factors in Table 2-2. Table 2-2
was developed for earlier estimates of runup based on
monochromatic wave data and smooth slopes. To use the
correction factors in Table 2-2 with the irregular wave
rough slope runup estimates of Equation 2-6, multiply
R
max
in Equation 2-6 by the correction factor listed in
Table 2-2, and divide by the correction factor for quarry-
stone. For example, to estimate R
max
for a stepped 1:1.5
slope with vertical risers, determine R
max
by Equation 2-6
and multiply by (correction factor for stepped
slope/correction factor for quarrystone) (0.75/0.60) = 1.25.
R
max
for the stepped slope is seen to be 25 percent greater
than for a riprap slope.
b. Smooth slope runup. Runup values for smooth
slopes may be found in design curves in the SPM. How-
ever, the smooth slope runup curves in the SPM were
based on monochromatic wave tests rather than more
realistic irregular wave conditions. Using H
s
for wave
height with the design curves will yield runup estimates
that may be exceeded by as much as 50 percent by waves
in the wave train with heights greater than H
s
. Maximum
runup may be estimated by using Equation 2-6 and con-
verting the estimate to smooth slope by dividing the result
by the quarrystone rough slope correction factor in
Table 2-2.
c. Runup on walls. Runup determinations for ver-
tical and curved-face walls should be made using the
guidance given in the SPM.
2-14. Wave Overtopping
a. It is generally preferable to design shore protec-
tion structures to be high enough to preclude overtopping.
In some cases, however, prohibitive costs or other con-
siderations may dictate lower structures than ideally
needed. In those cases it may be necessary to estimate
the volume of water per unit time that may overtop the
structure.
b. Wave overtopping of riprap revetments may be
estimated from the dimensionless equation (Ward 1992)
(2-9)
Q′ C
0
e
C
1
F′
e
C
2
m
where Q′ is dimensionless overtopping defined as
(2-10)
Q′
Q
gH
3
mo
1/2
where Q is dimensional overtopping in consistent units,
such as cfs/ft. F′ in Equation 2-9 is dimensionless free-
board defined as
2-6
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table 2-2
Rough Slope Runup Correction Factors (Carstea et al. 1975b)
Armor Type Slope (cot θ)
Relative Size
H / K
r
a,b
Correction Factor
r
Quarrystone 1.5 3 to 4 0.60
Quarrystone 2.5 3 to 4 0.63
Quarrystone 3.5 3 to 4 0.60
Quarrystone 5 3 0.60
Quarrystone 5 4 0.68
Quarrystone 5 5 0.72
Concrete Blocks
c
Any 6
b
0.93
Stepped slope with vertical risers 1.5 1 ≤ H
o
’/K
r
d
0.75
Stepped slope with vertical risers 2.0 1 ≤ H
o
’/K
r
d
0.75
Stepped slope with vertical risers 3.0 1 ≤ H
o
’/K
r
d
0.70
Stepped slope with rounded edges 3.0 1 ≤ H
o
’/K
r
d
0.86
Concrete Armor Units
Tetrapods random two layers 1.3 to 3.0 - 0.45
Tetrapods uniform two layers 1.3 to 3.0 - 0.51
Tribars random two layers 1.3 to 3.0 - 0.45
Tribars uniform one layer 1.3 to 3.0 - 0.50
a
K
r
is the characteristic height of the armor unit perpendicular to the slope. For quarrystone, it is the nominal diameter; for armor units,
the height above the slope.
b
Use H
o
’ for d
s
/H
o
’ > 3; and the local wave height, H
s
for d
s
/H
o
’ ≤ 3.
c
Perforated surfaces of Gobi Blocks, Monoslaps, and concrete masonry units placed hollows up.
d
K
r
is the riser height.
(2-11)
F′
F
H
2
mo
L
o
1/3
where F is dimensional freeboard (vertical distance of
crest above swl). The remaining terms in Equation 2-9
are m (cotangent of revetment slope) and the regression
coefficients C
0
, C
1
, and C
2
defined as
(2-12)
C
0
0.4578
C
1
29.45
C
2
0.8464
The coefficients listed above were determined for dimen-
sionless freeboards in the range 0.25 < F′ < 0.43, and
revetment slopes of 1:2 and 1:3.5.
c. Overtopping rates for seawalls are complicated by
the numerous shapes found on the seawall face plus the
variety of fronting berms, revetments, and steps. Infor-
mation on overtopping rates for a range of configurations
is available in Ward and Ahrens (1992). For bulkheads
and simple vertical seawalls with no fronting revetment
and a small parapet at the crest, the overtopping rate may
be calculated from
(2-13)
Q′ C
0
exp

]
]
]
]
C
1
F′ C
2
|

.
`

,
F
d
s
where Q′ is defined in Equation 2-10, F′ is defined in
Equation 2-11, d
s
is depth at structure toe, and the regres-
sion coefficients are defined by
(2-14)
C
0
0.338
C
1
7.385
C
2
2.178
2-7
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
For other configurations of seawalls, Ward and Ahrens
(1992) should be consulted, or physical model tests should
be performed.
2-15. Stability and Flexibility
Structures can be built by using large monolithic masses
that resist wave forces or by using aggregations of smaller
units that are placed either in a random or in a
well-ordered array. Examples of these are large rein-
forced concrete seawalls, quarrystone or riprap revet-
ments, and geometric concrete block revetments. The
massive monoliths and interlocking blocks often exhibit
superior initial strength but, lacking flexibility, may not
accommodate small amounts of differential settlement or
toe scour that may lead to premature failure. Randomly
placed rock or concrete armor units, on the other hand,
experience settlement and readjustment under wave attack,
and, up to a point, have reserve strength over design
conditions. They typically do not fail catastrophically if
minor damages are inflicted. The equations in this
chapter are suitable for preliminary design for major
structures. However, final design will usually require
verification of stability and performance by hydraulic
model studies. The design guidance herein may be used
for final design for small structures where the conse-
quences of failure are minor. For those cases, project
funds are usually too limited to permit model studies.
2-16. Armor Unit Stability
a. The most widely used measure of armor unit
stability is that developed by Hudson (1961) which is
given in Equation 2-15:
(2-15)
W
γ
r
H
3
K
D
|

.
`

,
γ
r
γ
w
1
3
cot θ
where
W = required individual armor unit weight, lb (or W
50
for graded riprap)
γ
r
= specific weight of the armor unit, lb/ft
3
H = monochromatic wave height
K
D
= stability coefficient given in Table 2-3
γ
w
= specific weight of water at the site (salt or fresh)
θ = is structure slope (from the horizontal)
Stones within the cover layer can range from 0.75 to
1.25 W as long as 50 percent weigh at least W and the
gradation is uniform across the structure’s surface. Equa-
tion 2-15 can be used for preliminary and final design
when H is less than 5 ft and there is no major overtop-
ping of the structure. For larger wave heights, model
tests are preferable to develop the optimum design.
Armor weights determined with Equation 2-15 for mono-
chromatic waves should be verified during model tests
using spectral wave conditions.
b. Equation 2-15 is frequently presented as a stabi-
lity formula with N
s
as a stability number. Rewriting
Equation 2-15 as
(2-16)
N
s
H
|

.
`

,
W
γ
r
1/3
|

.
`

,
γ
r
γ
w
1
it is readily seen that
(2-17)
N
s
K
D
cot θ
1/3
By equating Equations 2-16 and 2-17, W is readily
obtained.
c. For irregular wave conditions on revetments of
dumped riprap, the recommended stability number is
(2-18)
N
sz
1.14 cot
1/6
θ
where N
sz
is the zero-damage stability number, and the
value 1.14 is obtained from Ahrens (1981b), which rec-
ommended a value of 1.45 and using H
s
with Equation 2-
16, then modified based on Broderick (1983), which
found using H
10
(10 percent wave height, or average of
highest 10-percent of the waves) in Equation 2-16 pro-
vided a better fit to the data. Assuming a Rayleigh wave
height distribution, H
10
≈ 1.27 H
s
. Because H
s
is more
readily available than H
10
, the stability number in Equa-
tion 2-17 was adjusted (1.45/1.27 = 1.14) to allow H
s
to
be used in the stability equation while providing the more
conservative effect of using H
10
for the design.
d. Stability equations derived from an extensive
series of laboratory tests in The Netherlands were pre-
sented in van der Meer and Pilarczyk (1987) and van der
2-8
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table 2-3
Suggested Values for Use In Determining Armor Weight (Breaking Wave Conditions)
Armor Unit n
1
Placement Slope (cot θ) K
D
Quarrystone
Smooth rounded 2 Random 1.5 to 3.0 1.2
Smooth rounded >3 Random 1.5 to 3.0 1.6
Rough angular 1 Random 1.5 to 3.0 Do Not Use
Rough angular 2 Random 1.5 to 3.0 2.0
Rough angular >3 Random 1.5 to 3.0 2.2
Rough angular 2 Special
2
1.5 to 3.0 7.0 to 20.0
Graded riprap
3
2
4
Random 2.0 to 6.0 2.2
Concrete Armor Units
Tetrapod 2 Random 1.5 to 3.0 7.0
Tripod 2 Random 1.5 to 3.0 9.0
Tripod 1 Uniform 1.5 to 3.0 12.0
Dolos 2 Random 2.0 to 3.0
5
15.0
6
1
n equals the number of equivalent spherical diameters corresponding to the median stone weight that would fit within the layer thickness.
2
Special placement with long axes of stone placed perpendicular to the slope face. Model tests are described in Markle and David-
son (1979).
3
Graded riprap is not recommended where wave heights exceed 5 ft.
4
By definition, graded riprap thickness is two times the diameter of the minimum W
50
size.
5
Stability of dolosse on slope steeper than 1 on 2 should be verified by model tests.
6
No damage design (3 to 5 percent of units move). If no rocking of armor (less than 2 percent) is desired, reduce K
D
by approximately
50 percent.
Meer (1988a, 1988b). Two stability equations were pre-
sented. For plunging waves,
(2-19)
N
s
6.2 P
0.18
|

.
`

,
S
N
0.2
ξ
0.5
z
and for surging or nonbreaking waves,
(2-20)
N
s
1.0 P
0.13
|

.
`

,
S
N
0.2
cot θ ξ
P
z
where
P = permeability coefficient
S = damage level
N = number of waves
P varies from P = 0.1 for a riprap revetment over an
impermeable slope to P = 0.6 for a mound of armor stone
with no core. For the start of damage S = 2 for revetment
slopes of 1:2 or 1:3, or S = 3 for revetment slopes of 1:4
to 1:6. The number of waves is difficult to estimate, but
Equations 2-19 and 2-20 are valid for N = 1,000 to N =
7,000, so selecting 7,000 waves should provide a conser-
vative estimate for stability. For structures other than
riprap revetments, additional values of P and S are pre-
sented in van der Meer (1988a, 1988b).
e. Equations 2-19 and 2-20 were developed for
deepwater wave conditions and do not include a wave-
height truncation due to wave breaking. van der Meer
therefore recommends a shallow water correction given as
(2-21)
N
s (shallow water)
1.40 H
s
H
2
N
s (deep water)
where H
2
is the wave height exceeded by 2 percent of the
waves. In deep water, H
2
≈ 1.40 H
s
, and there is no
correction in Equation 2-21.
2-9
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
2-17. Layer Thickness
a. Armor units. As indicated in the SPM, the thick-
ness of an armor layer can be determined by
Equation 2-22:
(2-22)
r n k

|

.
`

,
W
w
r
1/3
where r is the layer thickness in feet, n is the number of
armor units that would fit within the layer thickness (typi-
cally n=2), and k

is the layer coefficient given in
Table 2-4. For estimating purposes, the number of armor
units, N
r
, for a given surface area in square feet, A, is
(2-23)
N
r
An k

|

.
`

,
1
P
100
|

.
`

,
w
r
W
2
3
where P is the average porosity of the cover layer from
Table 2-4.
b. Graded riprap. The layer thickness for graded
riprap must be at least twice the nominal diameter of the
W
50
stone, where the nominal diameter is the cube root of
the stone volume. In addition, r
min
should be at least
25 percent greater than the nominal diameter of the
largest stone and should always be greater than a mini-
mum layer thickness of 1 ft (Ahrens 1975). Therefore,
(2-24)
r
min
max

2.0
|

.
`

,
W
50 min
γ
r
1/3
;
]
]
]
]
]
1.25
|

.
`

,
W
100
γ
r
1/3
; 1 ft
where r
min
is the minimum layer thickness perpendicular
to the slope. Greater layer thicknesses will tend to
increase the reserve strength of the revetment against
waves greater than the design. Gradation (within broad
limits) appears to have little effect on stability provided
the W
50
size is used to characterize the layer. The fol-
lowing are suggested guidelines for establishing gradation
limits (from EM 1110-2-1601) (see also Ahrens 1981a):
(1) The lower limit of W
50
stone, W
50 min
, should be
selected based on stability requirements using
Equation 2-15.
(2) The upper limit of the W
100
stone, W
100 max
,
should equal the maximum size that can be economically
obtained from the quarry but not exceed 4 times W
50 min
.
(3) The lower limit of the W
100
stone, W
100 min
, should
not be less than twice W
50 min
.
(4) The upper limit of the W
50
stone, W
50 max
, should
be about 1.5 times W
50 min
.
(5) The lower limit of the W
15
stone, W
15 min
, should
be about 0.4 times W
50 min
.
(6) The upper limit of the W
15
stone, W
15 max
, should
be selected based on filter requirements specified in EM
1110-2-1901. It should slightly exceed W
50 min
.
(7) The bulk volume of stone lighter than W
15 min
in a
gradation should not exceed the volume of voids in the
revetment without this lighter stone. In many cases, how-
ever, the actual quarry yield available will differ from the
gradation limits specified above. In those cases the
designer must exercise judgment as to the suitability of
the supplied gradation. Primary consideration should be
given to the W
50 min
size under those circumstances. For
instance, broader than recommended gradations may be
suitable if the supplied W
50
is somewhat heavier than the
required W
50 min
. Segregation becomes a major problem,
however, when the riprap is too broadly graded.
2-18. Reserve Stability
a. General. A well-known quality of randomly
placed rubble structures is the ability to adjust and resettle
under wave conditions that cause minor damages. This
has been called reserve strength or reserve stability.
Structures built of regular or uniformly placed units such
as concrete blocks commonly have little or no reserve
stability and may fail rapidly if submitted to greater than
design conditions.
b. Armor units. Values for the stability coefficient,
K
D
, given in paragraph 2-16 allow up to 5 percent dam-
ages under design wave conditions. Table 2-5 contains
values of wave heights producing increasing levels of
damage. The wave heights are referenced to the
zero-damage wave height (H
D=0
) as used in Equation 2-15.
Exposure of armor sized for H
D=0
to these larger wave
heights should produce damages in the range given. If
the armor stone available at a site is lighter than the stone
size calculated using the wave height at the site, the zero-
damage wave height for the available stone can be
2-10
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table 2-4
Layer Coefficients and Porosity for Various Armor Units
Armor Unit n Placement K

P (%)
Quarrystone (smooth) 2 Random 1.00 38
Quarrystone (rough) 2 Random 1.00 37
Quarrystone (rough) ≥3 Random 1.00 40
Graded riprap 2
a
Random N/A 37
Tetrapod 2 Random 1.04 50
Tribar 2 Random 1.02 54
Tribar 1 Uniform 1.13 47
Dolos 2 Random 0.94 56
a
By definition, riprap thickness equals two cubic lengths of W
50
or 1.25 W
100
.
Table 2-5
H/H
D=0
for Cover Layer Damage Levels for Various Armor Types (H/H
D=0
for Damage Level in Percent)
Unit 0 ≤ %
D
< 5 5 ≤ %
D
< 10 10 ≤ %
D
< 15 15 ≤ %
D
< 20 20 ≤ %
D
≤ 30
Quarrystone (smooth) 1.00 1.08 1.14 1.20 1.29
Quarrystone (angular) 1.00 1.08 1.19 1.27 1.37
Tetrapods 1.00 1.09 1.17 1.24 1.32
Tribars 1.00 1.11 1.25 1.36 1.50
Dolos 1.00 1.10 1.14 1.17 1.20
calculated, and a ratio with the site’s wave height can be
used to estimate the damage that can be expected with the
available stone. All values in the table are for randomly
placed units, n=2, and minor overtopping. The values in
Table 2-5 are adapted from Table 7-8 of the SPM. The
SPM values are for breakwater design and nonbreaking
wave conditions and include damage levels above
30 percent. Due to differences in the form of damage to
breakwaters and revetments, revetments may fail before
damages reach 30 percent. The values should be used
with caution for damage levels from breaking and non-
breaking waves.
c. Graded riprap. Information on riprap reserve
stability can be found in Ahrens (1981a). Reserve stabi-
lity appears to be primarily related to the layer thickness
although the median stone weight and structure slope are
also important.
2-19. Toe Protection
a. General. Toe protection is supplemental
armoring of the beach or bottom surface in front of a
structure which prevents waves from scouring and under-
cutting it. Factors that affect the severity of toe scour
include wave breaking (when near the toe), wave runup
and backwash, wave reflection, and grain-size distribution
of the beach or bottom materials. The revetment toe
often requires special consideration because it is subjected
to both hydraulic forces and the changing profiles of the
beach fronting the revetment. Toe stability is essential
because failure of the toe will generally lead to failure
throughout the entire structure. Specific guidance for toe
design based on either prototype or model results has not
been developed. Some empirical suggested guidance is
contained in Eckert (1983).
b. Revetments.
(1) Design procedure. Toe protection for revetments
is generally governed by hydraulic criteria. Scour can be
caused by waves, wave-induced currents, or tidal currents.
For most revetments, waves and wave-induced currents
will be most important. For submerged toe stone, weights
can be predicted based on Equation 2-25:
2-11
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
(2-25)
W
min
γ
r
H
3
N
3
s
|

.
`

,
γ
r
γ
w
1
3
where N
s
is the design stability number for rubble toe
protection in front of a vertical wall, as indicated in the
SPM (see Figure 2-7). For toe structures exposed to
wave action, the designer must select either Equation 2-15
which applies at or near the water surface or Equation 2-
25 above. It should be recognized that Equation 2-25
yields a minimum weight and Equation 2-15 yields a
median weight. Stone selection should be based on the
weight gradations developed from each of the stone
weights. The relative importance of these factors depends
on the location of the structure and its elevation with
respect to low water. When the toe protection is for
scour caused by tidal or riverine currents alone, the
designer is referred to EM 1110-2-1601. Virtually no
data exist on currents acting on toe stone when they are a
product of storm waves and tidal or riverine flow. It is
assumed that the scour effects are partially additive. In
the case of a revetment toe, some conservatism is pro-
vided by using the design stability number for toe protec-
tion in front of a vertical wall as suggested above.
(2) Suggested toe configurations. Guidance contained
in EM 1110-2-1601 which relates to toe design con-
figurations for flood control channels is modified for
coastal revetments and presented in Figure 2-4. This is
offered solely to illustrate possible toe configurations.
Other schemes known to be satisfactory by the designer
are also acceptable. Designs I, II, IV, and V are for up to
moderate toe scour conditions and construction in the dry.
Designs III and VI can be used to reduce excavation
when the stone in the toe trench is considered sacrificial
and will be replaced after infrequent major events. A
thickened toe similar to that in Design III can be used for
underwater construction except that the toe stone is placed
on the existing bottom rather than in an excavated trench.
c. Seawalls and bulkheads.
(1) General considerations. Design of toe pro-
tection for seawalls and bulkheads must consider geotech-
nical as well as hydraulic factors. Cantilevered, anchored,
or gravity walls each depend on the soil in the toe area
for their support. For cantilevered and anchored walls,
this passive earth pressure zone must be maintained for
stability against overturning. Gravity walls resist sliding
through the frictional resistance developed between the
soil and the base of the structure. Overturning is resisted
by the moment of its own weight supported by the zone
of bearing beneath the toe of the structure. Possible toe
configurations are shown in Figure 2-5.
(2) Seepage forces. The hydraulic gradients of
seepage flows beneath vertical walls can significantly
increase toe scour. Steep exit gradients reduce the net
effective weight of the soil, making sediment movement
under waves and currents more likely. This seepage flow
may originate from general groundwater conditions, water
derived from wave overtopping of the structure, or from
precipitation. A quantitative treatment of these factors is
presented in Richart and Schmertmann (1958).
(3) Toe apron width. The toe apron width will
depend on geotechnical and hydraulic factors. The pas-
sive earth pressure zone must be protected for a sheet-pile
wall as shown in Figure 2-6. The minimum width, B,
from a geotechnical perspective can be derived using the
Rankine theory as described in Eckert (1983). In these
cases the toe apron should be wider than the product of
the effective embedment depth and the coefficient of
passive earth pressure for the soil. Using hydraulic con-
siderations, the toe apron should be at least twice the
incident wave height for sheet-pile walls and equal to the
incident wave height for gravity walls. In addition, the
apron should be at least 40 percent of the depth at the
structure, d
s
. Greatest width predicted by these geotech-
nical and hydraulic factors should be used for design. In
all cases, undercutting and unraveling of the edge of the
apron must be minimized.
(4) Toe stone weight. Toe stone weight can be
predicted based on Figure 2-7 (from Brebner and
Donnelly 1962)). A design wave between H
1
and H
10
is
suggested. To apply the method assume a value of d
t
the
distance from the still water level to the top of the toe. If
the resulting stone size and section geometry are not
appropriate, a different d
t
should be tried. Using the
median stone weight determined by this method, the
allowable gradation should be approximately 0.5 to
1.5 W.
2-20. Filters
A filter is a transitional layer of gravel, small stone, or
fabric placed between the underlying soil and the struc-
ture. The filter prevents the migration of the fine soil
particles through voids in the structure, distributes the
weight of the armor units to provide more uniform set-
tlement, and permits relief of hydrostatic pressures within
the soils. For areas above the waterline, filters also
2-12
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 2-4. Revetment toe protection (Designs I through VI)
prevent surface water from causing erosion (gullies)
beneath the riprap. In general form layers have the rela-
tion given in Equation 2-26:
(2-26)
d
15upper
d
85under
< 4
Specific design guidance for gravel and stone filters is
contained in EM 1110-2-1901 and EM 1110-2-2300 (see
also Ahrens 1981a), and guidance for cloth filters is con-
tained in CW 02215. The requirements contained in these
will be briefly summarized in the following paragraphs.
a. Graded rock filters. The filter criteria can be
stated as:
(2-27)
d
15 filter
d
85 soil
< 4 to 5 <
d
15 filter
d
15 soil
where the left side of Equation 2-27 is intended to prevent
piping through the filter and the right side of Equation 2-
27 provides for adequate permeability for structural
bedding layers. This guidance also applies between suc-
cessive layers of multilayered structures. Such designs
are needed where a large disparity exists between the void
size in the armor layer and the particle sizes in the under-
lying layer.
b. Riprap and armor stone underlayers.
Underlayers for riprap revetments should be sized as in
Equation 2-28,
(2-28)
d
15 armor
d
85 filter
< 4
2-13
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 2-5. Seawall and bulkhead toe protection
where the stone diameter d can be related to the stone
weight W through Equation 2-22 by setting n equal to 1.0.
This is more restrictive than Equation 2-27 and provides
an additional margin against variations in void sizes that
may occur as the armor layer shifts under wave action.
For large riprap sizes, each underlayer should meet the
condition specified in Equation 2-28, and the layer thick-
nesses should be at least 3 median stone diameters.
For armor and underlayers of uniform-sized quarrystone,
the first underlayer should be at least 2 stone diameters
thick, and the individual units should weigh about
one-tenth the units in the armor layer. When concrete
armor units with K
D
> 12 are used, the underlayer should
be quarrystone weighing about one-fifth of the overlying
armor units.
2-14
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 2-6. Toe aprons for sheet-pile bulkheads
c. Plastic filter fabric selection. Selection of filter
cloth is based on the equivalent opening size (EOS),
which is the number of the U.S. Standard Sieve having
openings closest to the filter fabric openings. Material
will first be retained on a sieve whose number is equal to
the EOS. For granular soils with less than 50 percent
fines (silts and clays) by weight (passing a No. 200
sieve), select the filter fabric by applying Equation 2-29:
Figure 2-7. Value of N
s
, toe protection design for vertical walls (from Brebner and Donnelly 1962)
2-15
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
(2-29)
EOS sieve
d
85 soil
≤ 1
For other soils, the EOS should be no larger than the
openings in a No. 70 sieve. Furthermore, no fabric
should be used whose EOS is greater than 100, and none
should be used alone when the underlying soil contains
more than 85 percent material passing a No. 200 sieve.
In those cases, an intermediate sand layer may provide the
necessary transition layer between the soil and the fabric.
Finally, the gradient ratio of the filter fabric is limited to
a maximum value of three. That is, based on a head
permeability test, the hydraulic gradient through the
fabric and the 1 in. of soil adjacent to the fabric (i
1
)
divided by the hydraulic gradient of the 2 in. of soil
between 1 and 3 in. above the fabric (i
2
) is:
(2-30)
Gradient ratio
i
1
i
2
≤ 3
Studies such as those in Chen et al. (1981) suggest that
these filter cloth selection requirements may be somewhat
restrictive.
d. Filter fabric placement. Experience indicates that
synthetic cloths can retain their strength even after long
periods of exposure to both salt and fresh water. To
provide good performance, however, a properly selected
cloth should be installed with due regard for the following
precautions. First, heavy armor units may stretch the
cloth as they settle, eventually causing bursting of the
fabric in tension. A stone bedding layer beneath armor
units weighing more than 1 ton for above-water work
(1.5 tons for underwater construction) is suggested (Dun-
ham and Barrett 1974), and multiple underlayers may be
needed under primary units weighing more than 10 tons.
Filter guidance must be properly applied in these cases.
Second, the filter cloth should not extend seaward of the
armor layer; rather, it should terminate a few feet land-
ward of the armor layers as shown in Figure 2-8. Third,
adequate overlaps between sheets must be provided. For
lightweight revetments this can be as little as 12 in. and
may increase to 3 ft for larger underwater structures.
Fourth, sufficient folds should be included to eliminate
tension and stretching under settlement. Securing pins
with washers is also advisable at 2-to 5-ft intervals along
the midpoint of the overlaps. Last, proper stone place-
ment requires beginning at the toe and proceeding up
Figure 2-8. Use of filter cloth under revetment and toe
protection stone
the slope. Dropping stone can rupture some fabrics even
with free falls of only 1 ft, although Dunham and Barrett
(1974) suggest that stones weighing up to 250 lb can
safely be dropped from 3 ft. Greater drop heights are
allowable under water where blocks up to 1 ton can be
dropped through water columns of at least 5 ft.
2-21. Flank Protection
Flank protection is needed to limit vulnerability of a
structure from the tendency for erosion to continue around
its ends. Return sections are generally needed at both
ends to prevent this. Sheet-pile structures can often be
tied well into existing low banks, but the return sections
of other devices such as rock revetments must usually be
progressively lengthened as erosion continues. Extension
of revetments past the point of active erosion should be
considered but is often not feasible. In other cases, a
thickened end section, similar to toe protection, can be
used when the erosion rate is mild.
2-22. Corrosion
Corrosion is a primary problem with metals in brackish
and salt water, particularly in the splash zone where mate-
rials are subjected to continuous wet-dry cycles. Mild
carbon steel, for instance, will quickly corrode in such
2-16
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
conditions. Corrosion-resistant steel marketed under
various trade names is useful for some applications.
Aluminum sheetpiling can be substituted for steel in some
places. Fasteners should be corrosion-resistant materials
such as stainless or galvanized steel, wrought iron, or
nylon. Various protective coatings such as coal-tar epoxy
can be used to treat carbon steel. Care must always be
taken to avoid contact of dissimilar metals (galvanic cou-
ples). The more active metal of a galvanic couple tends
to act as an anode and suffers accelerated corrosion. The
galvanic series of common metals in seawater is given in
Table 2-6 (Uhlig 1971). This table can be used for esti-
mating the corrosion potential of galvanic couples, but the
complexity of corrosion processes makes it useful only as
guide. For example, although aluminum and copper are
closer together on the table than aluminum and stainless
steel, in actual practice polarization effects with stainless
steel make it more compatible with aluminum than alumi-
num copper couples. The Construction Engineering
Research Laboratory (CERL) should be contacted when
either performance or longevity is a significant
requirement.
2-23. Freeze-Thaw Cycles
Concrete should be designed for freeze-thaw resistance (as
well as chemical reactions with salt water), as concrete
may seriously degrade in the marine environment. Guid-
ance on producing suitable high quality concrete is pre-
sented in EM 1110-2-2000 and Mather (1957).
Table 2-6
Galvanic Series in Sea Water
MORE
ACTIVE
LESS
ACTIVE
MATERIAL MATERIAL (≈ ACTIVITY)
Magnesium Stainless steel - 304
AS
Stainless steel - 316
AS
Zinc Lead
Tin
Aluminum 52S4
Aluminum 4S Magnesium bronze
Aluminum 3S Naval brass
Aluminum 2S
Aluminum 53S-T Nickel
AS
Yellow brass
Aluminum bronze
Red brass
Aluminum 17S-T Copper, silicon bronze
Aluminum 24S-T
Mild steel Composition G bronze
Wrought iron Composition M bronze
Cast iron Nickel
PS
Stainless steel-410
AS
Stainless steel-304
PS
Stainless steel-316
PS
AS
Active state
PS
Passive state
2-17
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
2-24. Marine Borer Activity
Timber used in marine construction must be protected
against damage from marine borers through treatment
with creosote and creosote coal-tar solutions or with
water-borne preservative salts (CCA and ACA). In some
cases, a dual treatment using both methods is necessary.
Specific guidance is included in EM 1110-2-2906.
2-25. Ultraviolet Light
The ultraviolet component of sunlight quickly degrades
untreated synthetic fibers such as those used for some
filter cloths and sand-bags. Some fabrics can completely
disintegrate in a matter of weeks if heavily exposed. Any
fabric used in a shore protection project should be
stabilized against ultraviolet light. Carbon black is a com-
mon stabilizing additive which gives the finished cloth a
characteristic black or dark color in contrast to the white
or light gray of unstabilized cloth. Even fabric that is
covered by a structure should be stabilized since small
cracks or openings can admit enough light to cause deteri-
oration.
2-26. Abrasion
Abrasion occurs where waves move sediments back and
forth across the faces of structures. Little can be done to
prevent such damages beyond the use of durable rock or
concrete as armoring in critical areas such as at the sand
line on steel piles.
2-27. Vandalism and Theft
At sites where vandalism or theft may exist, construction
materials must be chosen that cannot be easily cut, carried
away, dismantled, or damaged. For instance, sand-filled
fabric containers can be easily cut, small concrete blocks
can be stolen, and wire gabions can be opened with wire
cutters and the contents scattered.
2-28. Geotechnical Considerations
The stability of vertical bulkheads, particularly sheet-pile
structures, requires consideration of overturning and sta-
bilizing forces. Static forces include active soil and water
pressures from the backfill, water and passive soil pres-
sures on the seaward side, and anchor forces (when appli-
cable). Dynamic forces are the result of wave action and
seepage flow within the soil. Wave impacts increase soil
pressure in the backfill and require larger resisting passive
earth pressures and anchor forces to ensure stability. See-
page forces reduce passive pressures at the toe and tend to
decrease factors of safety. Toe scour decreases the effec-
tive embedment of the sheetpiling and threatens toe stabi-
lity of the structure. This scouring action is caused by
currents along the bottom and by pressure gradients.
Both of these are induced by waves on the surface. A
quantitative treatment of these geotechnical considerations
can be found in Richart and Schmertmann (1958).
2-29. Wave Forces
Wave forces are determined for cases of nonbreaking,
breaking, or broken waves. These cases are dependent on
the wave height and depth at the structure. Wave forces
for a range of possible water levels and wave periods
should be computed.
a. Nonbreaking waves. Current design methods
apply to vertical walls with perpendicularly approaching
wave orthogonals. The Miche-Rundgren method as
described in the SPM should be used. Curves are given
in Chapter 7 of the SPM for walls with complete or
nearly complete reflection. Complex face geometries
cannot be handled, but methods are described which can
be used in some cases to correct for low wall heights
(where overtopping occurs), oblique wave attack on per-
pendicular structure faces, and walls on rubble bases.
b. Breaking waves. Breaking waves on vertical
structures exert high, short-duration impulses that act in
the region where the wave hits the structure. The method
developed by Minikin as described in the SPM is recom-
mended, particularly, for rigid structures such as sheet-pile
structures or concrete gravity-type structures with pile
supports. The Minikin method can yield extremely high
wave forces compared to nonbreaking waves. This some-
times requires the exercise of proper judgment by the
designer. Curves are given in the SPM to correct for low
wall heights. For semirigid structures such as gravity-
type seawalls on rubble foundations Equation 2-31 is
recommended. Equation 2-31 was developed from Tech-
nical Standards for Port and Harbour Facilities in Japan
(1980).
(2-31)
F
1
2
d
s
P
1
P
2
h
c
P
1
P
4
The total force, F, per unit length of the structure,
includes both the hydrostatic and dynamic force comp-
onents. Figure 2-9 illustrates the pressure distribution on
the face of the structures due to the breaking waves. The
key pressure components can be determined by:
2-18
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 2-9. Breaking wave pressures on a vertical wall
(2-32)
P
1
α
1
α
2
γ
w
H
b
(2-33)
P
3
α
3
P
1
(2-34)
P
4
|

.
`

,
1
h
c
1.5 H
b
P
1
where
(2-35)
α
1
0.6
1
2

]
]
]
]
4πh/L
sinh 4πh/L
2
(2-36)
α
2
min

]
]
]
]
]
|

.
`

,
h
b
d
3h
b
|

.
`

,
H
b
d
2
,
2d
H
b
(2-37)
α
3
1
d
s
h

]
]
]
]
]
1
1
cosh
|

.
`

,
2πh
L
where
γ
w
= specific weight of water
h
c
= height of crest of caisson above swl
d = depth at top of rubble mound
d
s
= depth at base of caisson
H
b
= highest of the random waves breaking at a dis-
tance of 5H
s
seaward of the structure; H
s
is the
significant wave height of the design sea state
h
b
= water depth where H
b
is determined
h = water depth at toe of compound breakwater
L = wave length calculated by linear wave theory at
the structure for wave period of H
s
As an example, for a vertical wall, 4.3 m (14 ft) high
sited in sea water with d
s
= 2.5 m (8.2 ft) on a bottom
slope of 1:20 (m = 0.05) and experiencing wave crests at
an interval of 10 sec, the force on the wall would be
determined as follows:
Since there is no rubble-mound base, the water depth
d
s
= 2.5 m. Using a wave period T = 10 sec and Fig-
ure 7-4 of the SPM, the breaking wave height, H
b
, is
found to be 3.2 m (10.5 ft). Without knowledge of the
significant wave height, H
s
, the breaking depth, h
b
, is
determined directly by using SPM Figure 7-2, which
yields h
b
= 3.07 m (10 ft). The wave breaks at a distance
of 11.4 m (37 ft) [(3.07 - 2.5)/0.05] from the wall. Using
SPM Appendix C Table C-1, wave length, L, at d
s
=
2.5 m is determined to be 48.7 m (160 ft). Then, α
1
, α
2
,
and α
3
are calculated to be 1.036, 0.101, and 0.950,
respectively. Crest height, h
c
, is less than 1.5 H
b
(1.8<4.8) and overtopping exists. The pressure com-
ponents P
1
, P
3
, and P
4
are computed from the above equa-
tions to be 36.4 kN/m
2
(1,742.8 lb/ft
2
), 34.6 kN/m
2
(16-
56.6 lb/ft
2
), and 22.8 kN/m
2
(1,091.7 lb/ft
2
), respectively.
Equation 3-31 yields a total horizontal force due to the
breaking wave of 142 kN/m
2
(6,799 lb/ft
2
).
c. Broken waves. Some structures are placed in a
position where only broken waves can reach them. In
those cases approximate broken wave force, F, per unit
length of structure can be estimated (Camfield 1991) by
Equation 2-38:
(2-38)
F 0.18 γ H
2
b
|

.
`

,
1
X
1
m
R
A
2
where γ is the specific weight of water and m is the beach
slope (m=tan θ). Other variables of Equation 2-38, H
b
,
X
1
, and R
A
are defined in Figure 2-10. The adjusted
2-19
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 2-10. Wave pressure from broken waves
wave runup height, R
A
, which would occur if the wall was
not present can be determined by using Equation 2-6
(rough slopes) or following the methods described in
Chapter 2-13 for smooth slopes or slopes covered with
rubble other than quarrystone. If accurate force estimates
are needed, model tests are required.
For example, deepwater waves are H
mo
= 0.91 m (3 ft)
and T
p
= 12 sec. The waves cross 3.05 m (10 ft) of cob-
ble shoreline with a slope of m = 0.10 before impacting
on a wall. From Figure 7-3 in SPM (1984), breaking
wave height H
b
is 2.05 m (6.75 ft). Using Equation 2-7
we find ξ = 1.57, and Equation 2-6 yields R
max
= 1.36 m
(4.48 ft). Use R
max
for the adjusted runup, R
A
, in Equation
2-38 to find the force per unit length of wall is 4.58 kN/m
length of wall (317 lb/ft length of wall).
2-30. Impact Forces
Impact forces constitute an important design consideration
for shore structures because high winds can propel small
pleasure craft, barges, and floating debris and cause great
impact forces on a structure. If site or functional con-
ditions require the inclusion of impact forces in the
design, other measures should be taken to limit the depth
of water against the face of the structure by providing a
rubble-mound absorber against the face of the wall or a
partly submerged sill seaward of the structure that will
ground floating masses and eliminate the potential hazard.
In many areas impact hazards may not occur, but where
the potential exists (as for harbor structures), impact
forces should be evaluated from impulse-momentum
considerations.
2-31. Ice Forces
a. General. Ice can affect marine structures in a
number of ways. Moving surface ice can cause sig-
nificant crushing and bending forces as well as large
impact loadings. Vertical forces can be caused by the
weight of ice on structures at low tide and by buoyant
uplift at high tide of ice masses frozen to structural ele-
ments. EM 1110-2-1612 should be reviewed before
designing any structure subject to ice forces.
b. Damages. Ice formations can cause considerable
damage to shoreline at some points, but their net effects
are largely beneficial. Spray “freezes” on banks and
structures and covers them with a protective layer of ice.
Ice piled on shore by wind and wave action does not gen-
erally cause serious damage to beaches, bulkheads, or
protective riprap, but it provides additional protection
against severe winter waves. Some abrasion of timber or
concrete structures may be caused, and individual mem-
bers may be broken or bent by the weight of the ice mass.
Piling is sometimes slowly pulled by the repeated lifting
effect of ice frozen to the piles or attached members, such
as wales, and then it is forced upward by a rise in water
stage or wave action. Superstructure damages also some-
times occur due to ice.
2-32. Hydraulic Model Tests
The guidance contained in this manual is suitable for
preliminary design of all coastal structures and for final
design of minor or inexpensive works where the conse-
quences of failure are not serious. For most cases, how-
ever, the final design should be verified through a model
testing program. Design deficiencies can be identified
with such models, and design economics may be achieved
which more than offset the cost of the study. Hudson et
al. (1979) contains information on current hydraulic mod-
eling techniques.
2-33. Two-Dimensional Models
Two-dimensional tests are conducted in wave tanks or
flumes. Such tests are useful for evaluating toe stone and
armor stability, wave runup heights, and overtopping
potential. Generated waves may be either monochromatic
or irregular depending on the capabilities of the equip-
ment. Monochromatic waves represent the simplest case,
and they form the basis for the majority of current design
guidance. Irregular waves, on the other hand, are a closer
representation of actual prototype conditions. Their use,
however, adds to the complexity of a modeling program.
2-34. Three-Dimensional Models
Three-dimensional models are built in large shallow
basins where processes such as wave refraction and dif-
fraction are of interest. They can also lead to qualitative
2-20
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
results for sediment transport studies. However, these
issues are generally unimportant for the design of revet-
ments, seawalls, and bulkheads; therefore, the use of
three-dimensional models would be unusual for such
structures.
2-35. Previous Tests
WES has conducted a number of two- and three-dimen-
sional model studies of site-specific projects. Details on
five of these are given below. Units are given in proto-
type dimensions.
a. Fort Fisher NC (1982). Important features were
(Markle 1982):
Scale 1:24
Waves Heights of 5.5 to 17.2 ft
Periods of 8, 10, and 12 sec
Depths 12, 14.7, 17, and 19 ft
Revetment slope: 1:2
The toe consisted of 8,919-lb StaPods on bedding stone.
The sizes of the armor units were 5,900 lb (specially
placed) and 8,900 lb (randomly placed). These were
stable and undamaged in depths to 14.7 ft. At depths of
17 and 19 ft, considerable damages were experienced, but
no failures occurred.
b. El Morro Castle, San Juan, PR (1981). Impor-
tant features were (Markle 1981):
Scale 1:38.5
Waves Heights of 10 to 23.3 ft
Periods of 15 and 17 sec (north
revetment)
Heights of 2.5 to 10.5 ft
Periods of 9, 15, and 17 sec (west
revetment)
18 and 19.9 ft (north revetment)
13 and 14.9 ft (west revetment)
Revetment slope: 1:3
The toe protection was generally a 10-ft-wide armor stone
blanket except in certain areas of the north revetment
where a low-crested breakwater was used. Armor stone
sizes were 10,300 lb (west revetment), 24,530 lb (north
revetment), and 9,360 lb (north revetment behind break-
water). All armor stone was randomly placed.
c. Generalized harbor site for the U.S. Navy
(1966). Important features were (USAEWES 1966):
Scale 1:15
Waves Heights of 5, 10, 15, and 20 ft
10-sec periods
Depths 20 to 40 ft
Revetment slope: 1:5
No toe protection was provided (the toe extended to the
flume bottom). Stable rock sizes and values of K
d
were
reported for several wave conditions.
d. Railroad fills at Ice Harbor and John Day
Reservoirs (1962). The tests were conducted for both
riprap stability and runup. Important features were
(USAEWES 1962):
Scale 1:12
Waves Height of 2.4 to 2.6 ft
Periods of 3, 4, 5, 6, and sec
Depths 20 to 40 ft
Revetment slope: 1:2
No toe protection was provided. The stable W
50
sizes
were
W
50
H
300 lb 3.0 to 3.4 ft
500 lb 2.0 to 4.1 ft
700 lb 3.9 to 4.9 ft
e. Levees in Lake Okeechobee, FL (1957). The
tests were conducted for both wave runup and overtop-
ping. Important features were (USAEWES 1957):
Scale 1:30 and 1:17
Waves Heights of 4, 6, 8, and 12 ft
Periods of 4.5 to 7 sec
Depths 10, 17.5, and 25 ft
2-21
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Revetment slope: 1:3, 1:6, and
composite slopes
No toe protection was considered. The tests produced a
series of runup and overtopping volume curves.
2-22
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Chapter 3
Revetments
3-1. General
A revetment is a facing of erosion resistant material, such
as stone or concrete, that is built to protect a scarp,
embankment, or other shoreline feature against erosion.
The major components of a revetment are the armor layer,
filter, and toe (Figure 3-1). The armor layer provides the
basic protection against wave action, while the filter layer
supports the armor, provides for the passage of water
through the structure, and prevents the underlying soil
from being washed through the armor. Toe protection
prevents displacement of the seaward edge of the
revetment.
Figure 3-1. Typical revetment section
3-2. Armor Types
Revetment armoring may range from rigid to flexible
types. Concrete slabs-on-grade is an example of the
former, while riprap and quarrystone are examples of the
latter. Rigid armors tend to be more massive but are
generally unable to accommodate settlement or adjust-
ments of the underlying materials. Flexible armor is con-
structed with lighter individual units that can tolerate
varying amounts of displacement and shifting. Details of
individual armor types are presented in Appendix B. The
individual alternatives discussed in Appendix B are sum-
marized in Figure 3-2.
3-3. Design Procedure Checklist
The usual steps needed to design an adequate revetment
are:
a. Determine the water level range for the site
(paragraph 2-5).
b. Determine the wave heights (paragraphs 2-6 to
2-11).
c. Select suitable armor alternatives to resist the
design wave (Appendix B).
d. Select armor unit size (paragraphs 2-15 to 2-18).
e. Determine potential runup to set the crest eleva-
tion (paragraphs 2-12 and 2-13).
f. Determine amount of overtopping expected for
low structures (paragraph 2-14).
g. Design underdrainage features if they are
required.
h. Provide for local surface runoff and overtopping
runoff, and make any required provisions for other drain-
age facilities such as culverts and ditches.
i. Consider end conditions to avoid failure due to
flanking (paragraph 2-21.
j. Design toe protection (paragraph 2-19).
k. Design filter and underlayers (paragraph 2-20).
l. Provide for firm compaction of all fill and back-
fill materials. This requirement should be included on the
plans and in the specifications. Also, due allowance for
compaction must be made in the cost estimate.
m. Develop cost estimate for each alternative.
3-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 3-2. Summary of revetment alternatives
3-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Chapter 4
Seawalls
4-1. General
A seawall is a massive structure that is designed primarily
to resist wave action along high value coastal property.
Seawalls may be either gravity- or pile-supported struc-
tures. Common construction materials are either concrete
or stone. Seawalls can have a variety of face shapes
(Figure 4-1).
Figure 4-1. Typical concrete seawall sections
4-2. Concrete Seawalls
These structures are often pile-supported with sheetpile
cutoff walls at the toe to prevent undermining. Additional
rock toe protection may also be used. The seaward face
may be stepped, vertical, or recurved. Typical examples
are described in Appendix C and shown in Figure 4-2.
4-3. Rubble-Mound Seawalls
These are designed like breakwaters using a rock size that
will be stable against the design wave. Stability is
determined using the method described in paragraphs 2-15
to 2-18. An example is described in Appendix C and
shown in Figure 4-2.
4-4. Design Procedure Checklist
The most critical design elements are a secure foundation
to minimize settlement and toe protection to prevent
undermining. Both of these are potential causes of failure
of such walls. The usual steps needed to develop an
adequate seawall design follow.
a. Determine the water level range for the site
(paragraph 2-5).
b. Determine the wave heights (paragraphs 2-6 to
2-11).
c. Select suitable seawall configurations
(Appendix C).
d. Design pile foundations using EM 1110-2-2906.
e. Select a suitable armor unit type and size (rubble
seawalls and toe protection) (paragraphs 2-15 to 2-18).
f. Determine the potential runup to set the crest
elevation (paragraphs 2-12 to 2-13).
g. Determine the amount of overtopping expected
for low structures (paragraph 2-14).
h. Design underdrainage features if they are
required.
Figure 4.2. Summary of seawall alternatives
4-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
i. Provide for local surface runoff and overtopping
and runoff, and make any required provisions for other
drainage facilities such as culverts and ditches.
j. Consider end conditions to avoid failure due to
flanking (paragraph 2-21).
k. Design the toe protection (paragraph 2-19).
l. De s i gn t he f i l t e r a nd unde r l a ye r s
(paragraph 2-20).
m. Provide for firm compaction of all fill and back-
fill materials. This requirement should be included on the
plans and in the specifications, and due allowance for
compaction must be made in the cost estimate.
n. Develop cost estimate for each alternative.
4-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Chapter 5
Bulkheads
5-1. General
Bulkheads are retaining walls whose primary purpose is to
hold or prevent the backfill from sliding while providing
protection against light-to-moderate wave action. They
are used to protect eroding bluffs by retaining soil at the
toe, thereby increasing stability, or by protecting the toe
from erosion and undercutting. They are also used for
reclamation projects, where a fill is needed seaward of the
existing shore, and for marinas and other structures where
deep water is needed directly at the shore.
5-2. Structural Forms
Bulkheads are either cantilevered or anchored sheetpiling
or gravity structures such as rock-filled timber cribbing.
Cantilevers require adequate embedment for stability and
are usually suitable where wall heights are low. Toe
scour reduces their effective embedment and can lead to
failure. Anchored bulkheads are usually used where
greater heights are necessary. Such bulkheads also
require adequate embedment for stability but are less sus-
ceptible to failure due to toe scour. Gravity structures
eliminate the expense of pile driving and can often be
used where subsurface conditions hinder pile driving.
These structures require strong foundation soils to ade-
quately support their weight, and they normally do not
sufficiently penetrate the soil to develop reliable passive
resisting forces on the offshore side. Therefore, gravity
structures depend primarily on shearing resistance along
the base of the structure to support the applied loads.
Gravity bulkheads also cannot prevent rotational slides in
materials where the failure surface passes beneath the
structure. Details of typical bulkheads are presented in
Appendix D and are summarized in Figure 5-1.
5-3. Design Procedure Checklist
The bulkhead design procedure is similar to that presented
for seawalls in paragraph 4-4, except that Appendix D is
used for examples of typical bulkheads. In addition, toe
protection should be designed using geotechnical and
hydraulic conditions, including wave action and current
scour.
5-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 5-1. Summary of bulkhead alternatives
5-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Chapter 6
Environmental Impacts
6-1. General
Coastal shore protection structures are intended to
improve stability by reducing the rate of change in a
dynamic coastal system. The environmental impacts may
be short-term during construction operations or long-term
because of the presence of the structures. The potential
environmental impacts, which are similar for each of the
coastal shore protection structures featured in this manual,
are briefly discussed below. More detailed information
may be found in Barnard (1978), Carstea et al. (1975a;
1975b), Ford et al. (1983), Hurme (1979), Johnson and
DeWitt (1978), and Mulvihille et al. (1980).
6-2. Physical Impacts
The littoral system at the site of a structure is always
moving toward a state of dynamic equilibrium where the
ability of waves, currents, and winds to move sediment is
matched by the available supply of littoral materials.
When there is a deficiency of material moving within a
system, the tendency will be for erosion at some location
to supply the required material. Once a structure has
been built along a shoreline, the land behind it will no
longer be vulnerable to erosion (assuming proper function
of the structure), and the contribution of littoral material
to the system will be diminished along the affected shore-
line. The contribution formerly made by the area must
now be supplied by the adjoining areas. This can have
mixed environmental impacts. The reduction in sedimen-
tation due to decreased erosion may be viewed as a posi-
tive effect in many cases. Erosion that is shifted to other
areas may result in a negative impact in those locations.
Some vertical structures such as bulkheads may cause
increased wave reflection and turbulence with a subse-
quent loss of fronting beach. This is usually viewed as a
negative impact. In all cases, the overall situation and the
various impacts that result must be evaluated carefully to
identify potential changes in the shore and barrier island
processes.
6-3. Water Quality Impacts
Impacts of coastal shore protection structures on water
quality can be addressed in two categories:
a. Increased suspended solids during construction.
b. Altered circulation caused by structures.
Construction of shore protection structures can result in
increased suspended solid loads within the adjoining water
body. Recent research results indicate that the traditional
fears of water quality degradation caused from suspended
solids during in-water construction activities are for the
most part unfounded. It has been demonstrated that the
increased concentration of suspended solids is generally
confined to the immediate vicinity of the construction
activity and dissipates rapidly at the completion of the
operation. Although these are generally short-term
impacts, construction activities should be designed to
minimize generation of suspended solids. The dispersion
of near-surface suspended solids can be controlled, to a
certain extent, by placing a silt curtain around the con-
struction activity. Under quiescent current conditions
(less than 0.1 knot) the suspended solids level in the water
column outside the curtain can be reduced by as much as
80 to 90 percent. Silt curtains are not recommended
where currents exceed 1 knot. Steps must be taken also
to avoid the introduction of toxic or other harmful sub-
stances resulting from construction materials, equipment
leaks, spills, and other accidents. Project specifications
should contain provisions that address these concerns.
Structures may influence water quality by altering circula-
tion patterns. Modification in circulation may result in
changes in the spatial distribution of water quality con-
stituents, differences in the flushing rates of potential
contaminants, and changes in the scour patterns and depo-
sition of sediments. Environmental assessment of the
effects on circulation should initially emphasize the physi-
cal parameters such as salinity, temperature, and velocity.
If minimal changes occur in these parameters, then it can
be assumed that the chemical characteristics of the system
will not be significantly modified. Prediction of changes
in circulation and its effect on the physical parameters can
be achieved through comparison with existing projects,
physical model studies, and numerical simulation.
6-4. Biological Impacts
A wide variety of living resources is present in coastal
shore protection project areas and includes species of
commercial, recreational, and aesthetic importance.
Because shore protection projects exist in arctic, temper-
ate, and tropical climates, biological impacts will gen-
erally be highly site-specific and depend upon the nature
and setting of the project. The environmental impacts on
the benthic communities resulting from suspended solids
in the water around shore protection construction are for
the most part minor. This is particularly true in the surf
zone on open coast beaches where rapid natural changes
and disturbances are normal and where survival of the
benthic community requires great adaptability. Placement
6-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
of coastal shore protection structures requires an initial
disturbance of the benthic substrate, but it results in the
formation of a new substrate composed of structural mate-
rial and stability of the sediments adjacent to the structure.
In many locations the placement of these structures pro-
vides new habitat not available otherwise.
6-5. Short-term Impacts
Short-term impacts are usually associated with the actual
construction phase of the project. The actual time is typi-
cally short (measured in days and weeks) and, therefore,
can be scheduled to minimize negative impacts. Trans-
portation of material to the site, preparation and construc-
tion using heavy equipment, and back filling and grading
will cause temporary air and noise pollution close to the
site. Nesting, resting, or feeding waterfowl and fish and
other wildlife will be disrupted. Projects should be timed,
if possible, to avoid waterfowl and turtle nesting periods
and fish spawning periods. Temporarily reduced water
quality, discussed in paragraph 6-3, may have biological
impacts. However, if the bank is severely eroding or is
heavily developed these impacts may be minimal by com-
parison. Siltation of offshore sea grasses or corals as the
result of construction, dredging, and filling at the site may
be of short or long duration depending on the composition
of the sediment, the currents, and circulation patterns at
the site and the locations of these specific resources.
Construction impacts at sites with a high percentage of
fine material and nearby sea grass bed or corals could be
high and require special planning and precautions such as
silt curtains. Dredging activities may attract opportunistic
foraging fish as well as temporarily destroy benthic habi-
tats. Resuspension of bottom sediments may interfere
with respiration and feeding, particularly of nonmotile
bottom dwellers. Motile organisms will temporarily flee
the disturbed area.
6-6. Long-term Impacts
Long-term effects vary considerably depending upon the
location, design and material used in the structure. The
impact of a vertical steel sheet bulkhead located at mean
low water in a freshwater marsh will be considerably
different from a rubble-reveted bank in an industrialized
harbor. Vertical structures in particular may accelerate
erosion of the foreshore and create unsuitable habitat for
many bottom species in front of the structure as the result
of increased turbulence and scour from reflected wave
energy. On the other hand, rubble toe protection or a
riprap revetment extending down into the water at a slop-
ing angle will help dissipate wave energy and will provide
reef habitat for many desirable species. Bulkheads and
revetments can reduce the area of the intertidal zone and
eliminate the important beach or marsh habitat between
the aquatic and upland environment. This can also result
in the loss of spawning, nesting, breeding, feeding, and
nursery habitat for some species. However, birds such as
pelicans might benefit. A number of design alternatives
should be considered to maximize biological benefits and
minimize negative impacts. Table 6-1 summarizes design
considerations for improving the environmental quality of
these structures.
6-7. Socioeconomic and Cultural Impacts
Secondary impacts are often more controversial than the
primary impacts on air, water, noise, and the biota. Land
use patterns will often change as the result of construc-
tion. However, only two elements normally are directly
considered in the design of the structure itself. The struc-
ture should be sited to avoid known archaeological or
other cultural sites. Secondly, the structure should be
designed to be aesthetically pleasing. Coastal shore pro-
tection structures change the appearance of the coastline.
The visual impact of a structure is dependent on how well
the structure blends with its surroundings. The impor-
tance of visual impacts is related to the number of
viewers, their frequency of viewing, and the overall con-
text. For example, the appearance of a structure in a
heavily used urban park is more critical than a structure in
an industrial area or an isolated setting. Aesthetic impacts
can be adverse or beneficial depending on preconstruction
conditions and the perception of the individual observer.
Coastal shore protection structures offer a visual contrast
to the natural coastal environment. However, many
observers prefer a structure to erosion damage. Most
coastal shore protection structures improve access to the
water’s edge for recreation and sightseeing.
6-8. Evaluation of Alternatives
Comparison and evaluation of coastal shore protection
alternatives involves examination of economic, engineer-
ing, and environmental aspects. Alternatives are eval-
uated according to how well they meet specified project
objectives. Examples of environmental objectives include
preservation, protection, and enhancement of aesthetic
resources, fish and wildlife habitat, and water quality.
Evaluation of the short- and long-term impacts of coastal
shore protection structures requires comparison of
with-project and without-project conditions. Recognizing
the dynamic nature of the coastal system, a forecast must
be made of future environmental conditions without the
project. These predicted conditions are then compared
6-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
6-3
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
with the expected conditions resulting from each alterna-
tive. Environmental features should be integral parts of
the project, not additions made late in design or afterward.
6-4
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Appendix A
References
EM 1110-2-1601
Hydraulic Design of Flood Control Channels
EM 1110-2-1612
Ice Engineering
EM 1110-2-1901
Seepage Analysis and Control for Dams
EM 1110-2-2000
Standard Practice for Concrete for Civil Works Structures
EM 1110-2-2300
Earth and Rock-fill Dams General Design and Construc-
tion Considerations
EM 1110-2-2906
Design of Pile Foundations
EM 1110-2-3300
Beach Erosion Control and Shore Protection Studies
CW 02215
Geotextiles Used as Filters
Shore Protection Manual (SPM), 4th ed., Vols I and II,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Coastal Engineering Research Center. Available from
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Automated Coastal Engineering System (ACES),
vers. 1.06, 1990, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Coastal Engineering Research Center.
Available from Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Low-Cost Shore Protection: Final Report on the Shore-
line Erosion Control Demonstration Program (Section 54).
1981. Available from Department of the Army, Office of
the Chief of Engineers, Pulaski Building, Washington, DC
20314-1000.
Ahrens 1975
Ahrens, J. P. 1975 (May). “Large wave tank tests of
riprap stability,” CERC Technical Memorandum 51,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
Ahrens 1981a
Ahrens, J. P. 1981 (Dec). “Design of riprap revetments
for protection against wave attack,” CERC Technical
Paper 81-5, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Ahrens 1981b
Ahrens, J. P. 1981 (Dec). “Irregular wave runup on
smooth slopes,” CERC Coastal Engineering Technical
Aid 81-17, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Ahrens 1987
Ahrens, J. P. 1987 (Dec). “Characteristics of reef
breakwaters,” CERC Technical Report 87-17, U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Ahrens and Heimbaugh 1988
Ahrens, J. P. and Heimbaugh, M. S. 1988 (May).
“Approximate upper limit of irregular wave runup on
riprap,“ Technical Report CERC-88-5, U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Asphalt Institute 1965
The Asphalt Institute. 1965 (Mar). “Asphalt in hydraulic
structures,” Manual Series No. 12, College Park, MD.
Barnard 1978
Barnard, W. D. 1978 (Aug). “Prediction and control of
dredged material dispersion around dredging and
open-water pipeline disposal operations,” Technical
Report DS-78-13, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Birkemeier 1980
Birkemeier, W. 1980. “The effect of structures and lake
level on bluff and shore erosion in Berrien County,
Michigan, 1970-74,” CERC Miscellaneous Paper 80-2,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
Brater et al. 1974
Brater, E. F., et al. 1974 (Nov). “Michigan’s demonstra-
tion erosion control program,” Evaluation Report, Michi-
gan Department of Natural Resources, Lansing, MI.
Brebner and Donnelly 1962
Brebner, A., and Donnelly, P. 1962. “Laboratory study
of rubble foundations for vertical breakwaters,” Engineer
Report No. 23, Queen’s University at Kingston, Ontario.
A-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Broderick 1983
Broderick, L. 1983 (Mar). “Riprap stability, a progress
report.” Proceedings Coastal Structures ’83, Arlington,
VA.
Camfield 1991
Camfield, F. E. 1991 (Jan/Feb). “Wave forces on wall,”
Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineer-
ing Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 117 (1),
76-9.
Carstea et al. 1975a
Carstea, D., et al. 1975. “Guidelines for the analysis of
the cumulative environmental effects of small projects in
navigable waters,” Mitre Technical Report MTR 6939,
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC.
Carstea et al. 1975b
Carstea, D., et al. 1975. “Guidelines for the environmen-
tal impact assessment of small structures and related
activities in coastal bodies of water,” Technical
Report MTR-6916, The Mitre Corp., McLean, VA.
Chen et al. 1981
Chen, Y. H., et al. 1981 (Sep). “Hydraulic testing of
plastic filter fabrics,” Journal, Irrigation and Drainage
Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 107 (IR3),
307-24.
Corson et al. 1981
Corson, W. D., et al. 1981 (Jan). “Atlantic Coast hind-
cast, deepwater significant wave information,” Wave
Information Study Report 2, U.S. Army Engineer Water-
ways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
d’Angremond et al. 1970
d’Angremond, K., et al. 1970. “Use of asphalt in break-
water construction.” Twelfth International Conference on
Coastal Engineering, 1601-27.
Dunham and Barrett 1974
Dunham, J. W., and Barrett, R. J. 1974 (Feb). “Woven
plastic cloth filters for stone seawalls,” Journal, Water-
ways, Harbors, and Coastal Engineering Division, Ameri-
can Society of Civil Engineers 100, (WWl), l3-22.
Ebersole 1982
Ebersole, B. A. 1982 (Apr). “Atlantic Coast water-level
climate,” WIS Report 7, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Eckert 1983
Eckert, J. W. 1983. “Design of toe protection for coastal
structures,” Coastal Structures ’83 ASCE Specialty Con-
ference, 331-41.
Escoffier and Dolive 1954
Escoffier, F. F., and Dolive, W. L. 1954 (July). “Shore
protection in Harrison County, Mississippi,” Bulletin of
the Beach Erosion Board, 8 (3).
Everts et al. 1980
Everts, C., et al. 1980. “Beach and inlet changes at
Ludlam Beach, New Jersey,” CERC Miscellaneous
Report 80-3, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Ford et al. 1983
Ford, J. C., et al. 1983. “An annotated bibliography on
the biological effects of construction channels, jetties, and
other coastal structures,” CERC Miscellaneous
Paper 83-2, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Giles 1978
Giles, M. L. 1978. “Evaluation of a concrete building
block revetment,” Coastal Sediments ’77 ASCE Specialty
Conference, 686-95.
Goda 1975
Goda, Y. 1975. “Irregular wave deformation in the surf
zone,” Coastal Engineering in Japan, Vol. 18.
Goda 1985
Goda, Y. 1985. Random seas and design of maritime
structures. University of Tokyo Press.
Goda 1987
Goda, Y. 1987. “Statistical variability of sea state
parameters as a function of wave spectrum,” AIRH
Seminar.
Hall and Jachowski 1964
Hall, J. V., Jr., and Jachowski, R. A. 1964 (Jan). “Con-
crete block revetment near Benedict, Maryland,” CERC
Miscellaneous Paper 1-64, U.S. Army Engineer Water-
ways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
A-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Hall 1967
Hall, J. V., Jr. 1967. “Wave tests of revetment using
machine-produced interlocking blocks.” Tenth Interna-
tional Conference on Coastal Engineering, 1025-35.
Harris 1981
Harris, D. L. 1981 (Feb). “Tides and tidal datums in the
united states,” CERC Special Report No. 7, U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Hudson 1961
Hudson, R. Y. 1961. “Wave forces on rubble-mound
breakwaters and jetties,” Miscellaneous Paper 2-453,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
Hudson 1974
Hudson, R. Y. 1974 (Jan). “Concrete armor units for
protection against wave attack,” Miscellaneous
Paper H-74-2, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experi-
ment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Hudson et al. 1979
Hudson, R. Y., et al. 1979. “Coastal hydraulic models,”
CERC Special Report 5, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Hughes and Borgman 1987
Hughes, S. A., and Borgman, L. E. 1987 (Jun). “Beta-
rayleigh distribution for shallow water wave heights,”
Proceedings of Conference Sponsored by WW Div./
ASCE, Newark, DE.
Hurme 1979
Hurme, A. E. 1979. “Rubble-mound structures as artifi-
cial reefs.” Coastal Structures ’79 ASCE Specialty Con-
ference, Vol 2, 1042-51.
Johnson and DeWitt 1978
Johnson, G. F., and DeWitt, L. A. 1978. “Ecological
effects of an artificial island, Rincon Island, Punta Gorda,
California,” CERC Miscellaneous Report 78-3, U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Sales 1979
Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Sales. 1979. “A practi-
cal design method for flexible marine retaining walls.”
Oakland, CA.
Leenknecht et al. 1989
Leenknecht, D. A., Szuwalski, A., Sherlock, A. R., and
George, M. 1989 (Aug). “Automated coastal engineering
system, user guide,” U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Markle 1981
Markle, D. G. 1981 (Sep). “Breakwater and revetment
stability study, San Juan National Historic Site, San Juan,
Puerto Rico,” Technical Report HL-81-11, U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Markle 1982
Markle, D. G. 1982 (Nov). “Revetment stability study of
Fort Fisher Historic Site, North Carolina,” Technical
Report HL-82-26, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Markle and Davidson 1979
Markle, D. G., and Davidson, D. D. 1979. “Placed-stone
stability tests, Tilamook, Oregon,” Technical
Report HL-79-16, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Mather 1957
Mather, B. 1957 (Jun). “Factors affecting the durability
of concrete in coastal structures,” CERC Technical Mem-
orandum 96, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS.
McCartney 1976
McCartney, B. L. 1976 (May). “Survey of coastal revet-
ment types,” CERC Miscellaneous Report 76-7,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
McCartney and Ahrens 1975
McCartney, B. L., and Ahrens, J. P. 1975 (Oct). “Stabil-
ity of gobi block revetment to wave attack,” CERC Tech-
nical Memorandum 55, U. S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
McCartney and Ahrens 1976
McCartney, B. L., and Ahrens, J. P. 1976 (Dec). “Over-
lay of large placed quarrystone and boulders to increase
riprap stability,” CERC Technical Paper 76-19,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
Mohl and Brown 1967
Mohl, E. V., and Brown, J. D. 1967 (Oct). “Flexible
revetment using interlocking concrete blocks, Tilghman
Island, Maryland,” Shore and Beach, 28-30.
A-3
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Mulvihill et al. 1980
Mulvihill, E. L., et al. 1980. Biological impacts of minor
shoreline structures on the coastal environment: State of
the art review. FWS/OBS77/51, 2 vols, U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Biological Services Program, Washing-
ton, DC
Ravens Metal Products 1981
Ravens Metal Products. 1981. Ravens retaining walls
technical manual. Parkersburg, WV.
Resio and Vincent 1976-1978
Resio, D. T., and Vincent, C. L. 1976-1978. “Design
wave information for the Great Lakes; Report 1 - Lake
Erie; Report 2 - Lake Ontario; Report 3 - Lake Michigan;
Report 4 - Lake Huron; Report 5 - Lake Superior,” Tech-
nical Report H-76-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Richart and Schmertmann 1958
Richart, F. E., Jr., and Schmertmann, J. H. 1958. “The
effect of seepage on the stability of sea walls.” Sixth
International Conference on Coastal Engineering, 105-28.
Schneider 1981
Schneider, C. 1981 (Mar). “The littoral environment
observation (LEO) data collection program,” CERC
Coastal Engineering Technical Aid 81-5, U.S. Army Engi-
neer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Stoa, P. N. 1979
Stoa, P. N. 1979 (Jul). “Wave runup on rough slopes,”
CERC Coastal Engineering Technical Aid 79-1,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
Seelig 1971
Seelig, H. H. 1971. Corrosion and corrosion control.
2d ed., Wiley and Sons, New York.
Technical Standards for Port and Harbour Facilities
in Japan 1980
Technical standards for port and harbor facilities in
Japan. 1980. Overseas Coastal Development Institute of
Japan, Tokyo, Japan.
Thompson and Vincent 1985
Thompson, E. F., and Vincent, C. L. 1985 (Sep). “Sig-
nificant wave height for shallow water design,” ASCE
Journal of Waterways, Port, Coastal and Ocean Engi-
neering 111 (5).
Uhlig 1971
Uhlig, H. H. 1971. Corrosion and corrosion control.
2nd ed., Wiley and Sons, New York.
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
1957
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.
1957. “Wave runup and overtopping, levee sections, Lake
Okeechobee, Florida,” Report No. 2-449, Vicksburg, MS.
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
1962
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.
1962. “Design of riprap cover layers for railroad
relocation fills, Ice Harbor, and John Day Lock and Dam
Projects,” Miscellaneous Paper 2-465, Vicksburg, MS.
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
1966
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.
1966. “Investigation of in-shore harbor, Site X, Report 2,
design of riprap cover layers,” Technical Report 2-740,
Vicksburg, MS.
United States Steel Corporation 1975
United States Steel Corporation. 1975. Steel Sheetpiling
Design Manual. Pittsburgh, PA.
van der Meer 1988a
van der Meer, J. W. 1988 (Jan). “Deterministic and
probabilistic design of breakwater armour layers,” ASCE
Journal of Waterways, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engi-
neering 114 (1), 66-80.
van der Meer 1988b
van der Meer, J. W. 1988 (Jan). “Rock slopes and
gravel beaches under wave attack,” Ph.D. Thesis Dept. of
Civil Engineering, Delft Technical University. Also, Delft
Hydraulics Communication No. 396, Delft, The
Netherlands, Apr. 1988.
van der Meer and Pilarczyk 1987
van der Meer, J. W., and Pilarczyk, K. W. 1987 (Feb).
“Stability of breakwater armour layers deterministic and
probabilistic design,” Delft Hydraulics Communication
No. 378, Delft, The Netherlands.
A-4
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Ward 1992
Ward, D. L. 1992 (Apr). “Prediction of overtopping
rates for irregular waves on riprap revetments,” CERC
Miscellaneous Paper 92-4, U.S. Army Engineer Water-
ways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Ward and Ahrens 1992
Ward, D. L., and Ahrens, J. P. 1992 (Apr). “Overtop-
ping rates for seawalls,” CERC Miscellaneous Paper 92-3,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
Weggel 1972
Weggel, J. R. 1972. “Maximum breaker height for
design,” Journal, Waterways, Harbors and Coastal
Engineering Division, American Society of Civil Engi-
neers 98 (WW4), Paper 9384.
Wilder and Dinchak 1979
Wilder, C. R., and Dinchak, W. G. 1979. “Soil-cement
for shore protection.” Coastal Structures ’79 ASCE Spe-
cialty Conference, 301-13.
Wilder and Koller 1971
Wilder, C. R., and Koller, E. R. 1971 (Oct). “Modular
systems for shore protection,” Civil Engineering 41 (10),
60-63.
A-5
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Appendix B
Revetments
B-1. Quarrystone and Graded Riprap
a. General. Stone revetments are constructed either
of nearly uniform size pieces (quarrystone) or of a grada-
tion of sizes between upper or lower limits (riprap).
Riprap revetments are somewhat more difficult to design
and inspect because of the required close control of allow-
able gradations (pockets of small material must be
excluded) and their tendency to be less stable under large
waves. Economy can usually be obtained by matching
the riprap design gradation limits to the local quarry-yield
gradation, provided the disparity is not too great. Graded
riprap revetments should be used with caution, but they
are acceptable for low energy shore protection applica-
tions. Uniform quarrystone structures, being more stable,
are recommended for high energy waves.
b. Advantages and disadvantages. The primary
advantage of rubble revetments is their flexibility, which
allows them to settle into the underlying soil or experi-
ence minor damage yet still function. Because of their
rough surface, they also experience less wave runup and
overtopping than smooth-faced structures. A primary
disadvantage is that stone placement generally requires
heavy equipment.
c. Design considerations. In most cases, the steep-
est recommended slope is 1 on 2. Fill material should be
added where needed to achieve a uniform slope, but it
should be free of large stones and debris and should be
firmly compacted before revetment construction proceeds.
Allowance should be made for conditions other than
waves such as floating ice, logs, and other debris. Cur-
rent velocities may also be important in some areas such
as within tidal inlets where wave heights are low. Prop-
erly sized filter layers should be provided to prevent the
loss of slope material through voids in the revetment
stone. If using filter cloth, an intermediate layer of
smaller stone below the armor layer may be needed to
distribute the load and prevent rupture of the cloth. Eco-
nomic evaluation of rock revetments should include con-
sideration of trade-offs that result between flatter slopes
and smaller stone weights and the increased costs for
excavation that usually result for flatter slopes.
d. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone
weight.
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low
as 50 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be low.
e. Prototype installations (Figures B-1 and B-2).
Rock revetments are commonly found throughout the
United States with good examples existing in almost all
coastal locations.
Figure B-1. Quarrystone revetment at Tawas Point, MI
Figure B-2. Quarrystone revetment cross section
B-2. Rock Overlay
a. General. A rock overlay consists of a layer of
large quarrystone used either to upgrade a damaged or
undersized stone revetment or to provide economical
initial design. Large-scale model tests (McCartney and
Ahrens 1976) suggest that stability of such overlays is
about equal to a standard design but with only about
one-half the reserve strength.
B-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone
weight.
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low as
50 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection is expected to be low.
c. Prototype installations (Figures B-3 and B-4). A
rock overlay was used to rehabilitate a damaged riprap
revetment along a railroad embankment on Lake Oahe,
near Mobridge, SD. The existing riprap revetment had
been damaged by 5-ft waves along 2,700 ft of the
4,500-ft-long embankment. A zero-damage wave height
of 5 ft was adopted for design. The rock overlay was
sized so that W
50
was 300 lb (16 in.), and the gradation
limits were 150 to 600 lb (13 to 20 in.). A layer thick-
ness of 16 to 18 in. was selected for above-water place-
ment. This was increased to 30 in. for underwater
portions of the section. The overlay covered the entire
4,500 ft of existing revetment. Overlay construction was
completed in 1971 and was reported to be stable through
1976.
B-3. Field Stone
a. General. A field stone revetment can be con-
structed using a single layer of heavy subrounded to roun-
ded boulders as the armor layer. Special placement is
needed to obtain a close-fitting section. The rounded
shapes would normally be considered inadequate for mul-
tilayered structures, but satisfactory performance is possi-
ble when care is used in placement.
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone
weight.
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low as
50 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection is expected to be low.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-5 and B-6). A
5,900-ft-long revetment was built in May 1980 at Kekaha,
Kauai, HI, with a southern exposure on the open Pacific
coast. The crest elevation is +12 ft MLLW, and the slope
is 1 on 1.5. Armor stone weights range from 1.5 to
Figure B-3. Large stone overlay revetment at Oahe Reservoir, SD
B-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-4. Large stone overlay revetment cross section
Figure B-5. Field stone revetment at Kekaha Beach, Kauai, HI
B-3
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-6. Field stone revetment cross section
2.5 tons, with underlayer stone from 300 to 500 lb, and a
bedding layer that ranges from quarry spalls to 50-lb
stone. Mean tide range at the site is 1.6 ft.
B-4. Broken Concrete Rubble
a. General. A concrete rubble revetment utilizes a
waste product that otherwise is usually a nuisance. The
concrete used in such structures should have the durability
to resist abrasion by waterborne debris and attack by salt
water and freeze-thaw cycles. In addition, all protruding
reinforcing bars should be burned off prior to placement.
Failures of concrete revetments have frequently occurred
in the past, mostly because of neglect of drainage and
filtering requirements. Revetments that have failed at
many locations have often consisted of a single layer of
rubble dumped on a slope. An improved procedure would
be a thicker layer of rubble, with each piece shaped so
that the longest dimension is no greater than three times
the shortest, thus increasing the revetment stability and
minimizing uplift from wave forces. The rubble would be
laid directly on the filter layer. An alternative method
would utilize shaped-rubble, stacked on a slope, to create
a stepped face.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is less than 3 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential for random placement is to
be as low as 50 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential for random placement
is estimated to be as low as 50 percent.
c. Prototype installations (Figures B-7 and B-8).
The final report on the Shore Erosion Control Demonstra-
tion Program (Section 54) contains an example of a con-
crete rubble revetment at Shoreacres, TX, on the
northwest shore of upper Galveston Bay, about 15 miles
southeast of Houston. The fetch length at the site is about
3 miles, and waves are seldom greater than 3 ft high.
Constructed in 1976, it weathered several major storms
without significant damage through the end of 1980. No
filter material was used, but the rubble was broken into a
wide gradation. The structure thickness permitted the
natural formation of a filter through sorting processes.
This would be expected to occur only for thick revetments
containing well-graded rubble. For poorly graded, thinner
structures, a properly designed filter layer must be pro-
vided. Other examples of concrete rubble revetments
occur throughout the United States.
B-5. Asphalt
a. General. Asphalt has been used for revetment
construction in a number of ways: as standard asphaltic
B-4
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-7. Broken concrete revetment at Shore
Acres, TX
Figure B-8. Broken concrete revetment cross section
concrete paving, as asphalt mastic to bind large stones,
and as patch asphalt to join small groups of stone
(5 to 10) when it is poured on a slope.
b. Asphaltic concrete paving. Asphaltic concrete
paving consists of a standard paving that is placed on a
slope as armoring. Stability is an unknown function of
the layer thickness. The paving is somewhat flexible
which does enhance its stability, but proper filtering and
hydrostatic pressure relief are essential due to the imper-
meable nature of asphalt paving. In addition, asphalt
placement underwater is difficult and expensive, and
quality control is difficult.
c. Asphalt mastic. In an asphalt mastic revetment, a
layer of riprap or quarrystone is bound by pouring hot
asphalt over it. This results in a rock-asphalt matrix with
superior stability compared to plain rock used alone.
Underwater construction is a problem since the mastic
cools too quickly to effectively penetrate and bind the
rocks together. The extent of this problem is a function
of the water depth.
d. Patch asphalt. Patches of asphalt can be poured
on a rock slope to bind 5 to 10 rocks together. Model
tests revealed an increase in the stability coefficient of
two or three times over a nonpatch asphalt slope
(McCartney and Ahrens 1976). This procedure has poten-
tial either for repairing damaged revetment sections or for
original construction. A layer thickness equal to three
nominal stone diameters is recommended with the patch
generally penetrating only the top two-thirds. The bottom
one-third then serves as a reserve should the patch be
washed out (d’Angremond et al. 1970).
e. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is estimated to be for:
Paving: Function of layer thickness
Mastic: 2 to 4 ft
Patch: Function of rock size
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be for:
Paving: 100 percent of smooth slope runup
Mastic: 80-100 percent of smooth slope runup as
function of the thickness of mastic
Patch: 60-70 percent of smooth slope runup
(3) Wave reflection potential is estimated for:
Paving and Mastic: High
Patch: Medium
f. Prototype installations. Asphalt paving was
used at the Glen Anne Dam in California. This consisted
of a 1-ft-thick layer of slope protection on the 1 on 4
upstream dam face. A similar treatment was tested at
Bonny Dam in Colorado (Figure B-9) (McCartney 1976).
At another site at Point Lookout, MD, an asphalt concrete
revetment protects both sides of a 2,200-ft-long causeway
that extends into Chesapeake Bay. The revetment, placed
on a 1 on 4 slope, is 4 in. thick. It was placed in two
lifts with welded wire fabric placed between the lifts
(Asphalt Institute 1965). Long-term performance data are
not available. A rock-asphalt mastic revetment was
B-5
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-9. Asphaltic concrete revetment cross section
installed at Michiana, MI, on Lake Michigan. It consisted
of a thin layer of small rock (less than 12 in.) covered
with asphalt to form a mat. This revetment performed
well for a short time then deteriorated (Brater et al. 1974).
No prototype installations of patch asphalt revetments
have been reported.
B-6. Concrete Armor Units
a. General. Concrete armor units such as tribars,
tetrapods, and dolosse can be used in place of stone for
rubble structures, including revetments. Size selection is
in accordance with the methods outlined in para-
graphs 2-15 to 2-18. As described in those paragraphs,
some kinds of armor units exhibit stability against wave
attack equaling two to six times that of equal weight
armor stones. Concrete units, however, are usually not
economical where there is a local source of suitable rock.
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of armor
unit size.
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be 50 to
80 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be low to
medium.
c. Prototype installations. Hudson (1974) contains
examples of coastal structures utilizing concrete armor
units. In addition, model tests of various armor unit
shapes have been made by CERC (McCartney 1976) at
WES (Figures B-10 and B-11) and other laboratories.
B-7. Formed Concrete
a. General. Revetments of this kind consist of a
slab-on-grade cast in place at the site. The face can be
smooth or stepped, and the structure may be capped with
a curved lip to limit overtopping from wave runup. Toe
protection may be either dumped rock or a sheet pile cut-
off wall, and provision must be made for relief of hydro-
static pressures behind the wall and for proper filtering.
Construction of this kind is usually more expensive than
riprap or quarrystone.
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of con-
crete thickness.
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be 100 per-
cent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be high.
B-6
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-10. Concrete tribars (armor unit) test section at CERC, Fort Belvoir, VA
Figure B-11. Concrete tribar revetment cross section
B-7
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
c. Prototype installations. A revetment of formed
concrete was built before 1966 at Cambridge, MD (Fig-
ures B-12 and B-13). Subsequent performance data are
unavailable, but such revetments should be relatively
maintenance-free for many years provided there is control
over toe scour and flanking. Revetments similar to the
one shown have been built throughout the United States.
Figure B-12. Formed concrete revetment, Pioneer
Point, MD
Figure B-13. Formed concrete revetment cross section
B-8. Concrete Blocks (Figure B-14)
Prefabricated concrete blocks are commonly used as a
substitute for quarrystone or riprap. Many designs are
available, and new shapes are being offered on a regular
basis to replace those that have not been accepted by the
marketplace. Designers must be prepared to invest time
to stay abreast of current developments in this field.
Revetment blocks are usually designed with various inter-
meshing or interlocking features, and many of the units
are patented. Blocks have the advantage of a neat, uni-
form appearance, and many units are light enough to be
installed by hand once the slope has been prepared. The
disadvantage of concrete blocks is that the interlocking
feature between units must be maintained. Once one
block is lost, other units soon dislodge and complete
failure may result. A stable foundation is required since
settlement of the toe or subgrade can cause displacement
of the units and ultimate failure. Also, most concrete
block revetments have relatively smooth faces that can
lead to significantly higher wave runup and overtopping
than those with dumped rock.
B-9. Gobi (Erco) and Jumbo Blocks and Mats
a. General. Gobi blocks are patented units that
weigh about 13 lb each. Erco blocks are similar, but they
are offered by a different licensed manufacturer. Jumbo
blocks are large-sized Erco blocks that weigh about
105 lb each. The units are designed for hand placement
on a filter cloth, or they are factory-glued to carrier strips
of filter cloth. The latter are called Gobimats (Ercomats)
or Jumbo Ercomats, depending on the size of the units. If
the blocks are glued to both sides of the carrier strip,
back-to-back, they are called double Gobimats (Ercomats)
or double Jumbo Ercomats. The blocks used for produc-
ing mats have tapered sides to facilitate bending. Blocks
designed for hand placement have vertical sides to pro-
vide the tightest possible fit. Mats are preferred at sites
where vandalism or theft is possible. Both single and
double mats require machine placement. Back filling of
the blocks with sand or gravel increases the stability of
the revetment, and any grass that grows through the block
openings will further increase the strength.
b. Design factors.
Zero-damage wave height:
Blocks: 2 ft (McCartney 1976)
Mats: 4 ft (estimated)
Wave runup potential: 90 percent of smooth slope
runup (Stoa 1979)
Wave reflection potential: High (estimated)
B-8
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-14. Concrete revetment blocks
c. Prototype installations (Figures B-15 and B-16).
According to the final report on the Shoreline Erosion
Control Demonstration Program (Section 54) the largest
Gobi block revetment in the United States is probably the
one located at Holly Beach, LA, which occupies about
4 miles of shore front. Installed in 1970 and repaired and
extended in 1976, the revetment suffered only relatively
minor damages prior to Tropical Storm Claudette in July
1979, which displaced or otherwise damaged about one-
half of the revetment. Waves during that storm probably
exceeded the design condition, and the blocks, individu-
ally placed, were susceptible to unravelling after the initial
blocks were lost. Use of mats with the blocks glued to
the carrier strips would be preferable for areas where
waves greater than 3 ft are likely.
B-10. Turfblocks or Monoslabs
a. General. Turfblocks are patented units that are
designed for hand placement on a filter with the long axes
parallel to the shoreline. Each block measures
16 × 24 × 4.5 in. and weighs approximately 100 lb. Field
installations have not yielded conclusive results, but their
performance should be similar to that of Jumbo Erco
blocks. Their thin, flat shape requires a stable foundation,
B-9
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 15. Gobi block revetment, Holly Beach, LA
as any differential settlement beneath the blocks makes
them susceptible to overturning under wave action.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 2 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 90 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-17 and B-18).
Well-documented in the final report on the Shoreline
Erosion Control Demonstration Program (Section 54) is
an example of a Turfblock revetment at Port Wing, WI,
on Lake Superior. Completed early in November 1978, it
immediately experienced greater than design wave condi-
tions. Large waves overtopped the structure, and consid-
erable displacement and settling of the blocks occurred.
Breaking wave heights during the storm were estimated to
be greater than 6 ft. The most likely cause of failure was
uncompacted fill material that contained large boulders.
Consolidation of this material after construction was com-
pleted may have subjected the blocks to differential settle-
ment. Blocks left resting on boulders became tilted and
vulnerable to overturning. Failure may have begun with a
few isolated blocks and then quickly spread throughout
the revetment. The blocks seem to be sufficiently heavy
because they were not displaced very far from their initial
positions.
B-11. Nami Rings
a. General. The Nami Ring is a patented concrete
block shaped like a short section of pipe, 2.5 ft in diam-
eter by 1 ft in height, which weighs 240 lb. The rings are
placed side-by-side on a slope over a filter. Better
Figure B-16. Gobi block revetment cross section
B-10
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-17. Turfblock revetment, Port Wing, WI
performance has been observed when the rings are joined
together with tie rods. Sand or gravel caught in the wave
turbulence tends to be deposited inside the rings and in
the voids between adjacent rings, adding to the stability of
the section and protecting the filter cloth. Because of
their shape, Nami Rings are susceptible to severe abrasion
and damage by waterborne cobbles and, therefore, should
be used primarily in sandy environments.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 3 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 50 to 90 percent of
smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is medium to high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-19 and B-20).
A fairly well-documented site (final report on the Shore-
line Erosion Control Demonstration Program) is at Little
Girls Point, MI. on Lake Superior. A 300-ft Nami Ring
revetment was placed there in 1974. The revetment was
intended as toe protection for an eroding bluff and was to
be installed on a 1V on 1.5H graded slope along the
beach at the bluff’s base. Regrading was never done, and
the revetment was installed on the existing beach without
excavating the toe to LWD. The number of blocks was
insufficient. The revetment was too low to prevent signi-
ficant overtopping. The rings were susceptible to water-
borne debris. Many were shattered by high waves. Their
ability to trap sand is impressive and this protective man-
tle tends to shield the rings from damage. The filled
rings offer a considerably smooth surface, however, so
that runup increases with age. Field surveys in 1979
showed that the revetment was almost entirely filled with
littoral material and was no longer functioning as origi-
nally intended. Better performance would have occurred
with a properly graded slope, toe protection, and better
Figure B-18. Turfblock revetment cross section
B-11
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-19. Nami Ring revetment, Little Girls
Point, MI
Figure B-20. Nami Ring revetment cross section
filtering. Improved filtering is especially important
because the initial failure occurred in the half of the revet-
ment that had no filter and then spread to the other half
that was underlain with filter cloth.
B-12. Concrete construction blocks
a. General. Standard concrete construction blocks
can be hand placed on a filter cloth with their long axes
perpendicular to the shoreline and the hollows vertical.
Their general availability is a primary advantage, but they
are highly susceptible to theft. They form a deep, tightly
fitting section which is stable provided the toe and flanks
are adequately protected. The failure has been the most
prominent problem with concrete construction block
revetments tested at prototype scale (Giles 1978).
Another disadvantage is that standard concrete for build-
ing construction is not sufficiently durable to provide
more than a few years service in a marine environment.
Special concrete mixes should be used when possible.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 4 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 80 to 90 percent of
smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installations (Figures B-21 and B-22).
Concrete block revetments have been built throughout the
United States (Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration
Program Report). Monitoring data are available for one
built along the north shore of Lake Pontchartrain in Loui-
siana. Constructed in November 1979, it utilized standard
8- by 16-in. blocks placed hollows-up on a woven filter
cloth. In January 1980, a section of blocks was stolen
from the revetment, a reason for caution when using
common materials such as these. In April 1980, a storm
dislodged several blocks, and the toe settled unevenly into
the lake bottom. During repair efforts, the blocks were
inadvertently placed with their long axes parallel to shore;
consequently, they were readily displaced again by large
waves. This displacement suggests that greater stability
may be available when blocks are placed with their long
axes perpendicular to shore. Overall, the structure per-
formed adequately in the sheltered, mild wave climate
area of this site.
B-13. Concrete Control Blocks
a. General. Concrete control blocks come in vari-
ous sizes and are similar to standard concrete construction
blocks except that protrusions in the block ends provide a
tongue-and-groove interlock between units. Designed to
be hand placed on a filter cloth with the cells vertical, the
blocks can be aligned with their long axes parallel to
shore, but optimum performance probably results from
placement perpendicular to the water’s edge.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 5 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 50 to 90 percent of
smooth slope runup.
B-12
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-21. Concrete construction block revetment,
Fontainebleau, State Park, LA
(3) Wave reflection potential is medium to high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-23, B-24,
and B-25). Two small revetments using control blocks
were constructed at Port Wing, WI, on Lake Superior in
October 1978 (Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration
Program Report). One revetment used 10-in. by 16-in.
blocks (8 in. deep), and the other used smaller 8-in. by
16-in. blocks (also 8 in. deep). In both cases the long
axes were placed parallel to the waterline and utilized a
simple buried toe. The devices performed well through
1982 and withstood several episodes of large waves,
including the one in November 1978 that destroyed the
neighboring Turfblock revetment (paragraph B-10). Sim-
ple burial of the toe appears to be an inadequate treatment
at this site, and progressive unravelling of the revetment
from the toe was evident by 1982. Also, the concrete
used in manufacturing the blocks appears inadequate to
withstand abrasion and freeze-thaw cycles at the site. The
blocks near the waterline were clearly showing signs of
deterioration by 1979 as shown in Figure B-23.
B-14. Shiplap Blocks
a. General. Shiplap blocks are formed by joining
standard or other size patio blocks with an epoxy adhe-
sive. The resulting weight of the units depends on the
size of the basic blocks used. Table B-1 lists the weights
for several block sizes.
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave heights.
Small blocks: 4 ft (Hall and Jachowski 1964).
Large blocks: 5 ft (estimated).
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be 90 to
100 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be high.
c. Prototype installations.
(1) Small blocks (Figures B-26 and B-27). The first
widely known shiplap block revetment was the one built
on the east bank of the Patuxent River opposite Benedict,
MD. Described in Hall and Jachowski (1964), it
Figure B-22. Concrete construction block revetment cross section
B-13
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-23. Detail of erosion of concrete control blocks
Figure B-24. Concrete control block revetment, Port Wing, WI
consisted of units of two 8- by 16- by 2-in. blocks glued
together at a 3-in. offset in two directions. The structure
was completed in July 1962, and provided long service.
A similar revetment was constructed in 1964 near the
mouth of the Choptank River in the vicinity of Oxford,
MD (Hall 1967). Model tests at prototype scale, using
similar 18- by 18- by 3-in. blocks revealed the need for
spacers or slots to relieve excess hydrostatic pressures
behind the blocks.
(2) Large blocks. A large revetment was con-
structed at Jupiter Island, FL, with alternating 3-ft square,
10- and 14-in. thick blocks (Wilder and Koller 1971).
This revetment was later damaged during a storm with
failure occurring either due to a weakness at the toe or
through inadequate filtering or hydrostatic pressure relief.
B-14
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-25. Concrete control block revetment cross section
Table B-1
Shiplap Block Weights
Two-Block
Glued Unit Weight
in. lb
8 x 16 x 4 40
18 x 18 x 6 160
36 x 36 x 20 2,100
36 x 36 x 28 2,940
Figure B-26. Shiplap block revetment, Benedict, MD
B-15. Lok-Gard Blocks
a. General. Lok-Gard blocks are joined with a
tongue-and-groove system. The patented 80-lb units are
designed for hand placement with their long axes perpen-
dicular to shore. The finished revetment has a smooth
surface which results in high runup and overtopping
potential.
b. Design factors (estimated).
Zero-damage wave height is 4 ft.
Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth slope
runup.
Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installations. A Lok-Gard revetment
was constructed on Tilghman Island at Cedarhust, MD, in
the 1960’s (Mohl and Brown 1967). Eight hundred feet
of shoreline were protected with blocks placed on a
1V:2H slope. The estimated storm wave height at the site
was 5 ft which is approximately at the upper stability
range for these blocks (Hall 1967). Relief of hydrostatic
pressure is critical, so only blocks with pressure relief
slots along one side should be used. A similar revetment
was constructed along the Jensen Beach Causeway in
B-15
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-27. Shiplap block revetment cross section
Florida in 1980 (final report on the Shoreline Erosion
Control Demonstration Program) (Figures B-28
and B-29). The site is sheltered, and maximum expected
waves are on the order of 3 ft high. Performance was
satisfactory through 1982.
Figure B-28. Lok-Gard block revetment, Jensen Beach
Causeway, FL
B-16. Terrafix Blocks
a. General. Terrafix blocks are patented units that
are joined with a mortise and tenon system and have
cone-shaped projections which fit holes in the bottom of
the adjacent blocks. In addition, holes through the center
of each block allow for stainless steel wire connection of
many individual blocks. The uniform interlocking of the
50-lb units creates a neat, clean appearance.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 5 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 90 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installations (Figures B-30 and B-31).
Specific details about field installations and locations are
unknown. A photograph of a site at Two Mile, FL, and a
typical Terrafix revetment section are shown.
B-17. Fabric Containers
Several manufacturers produce bags and mats in various
sizes and fabrics that can be used for revetment construc-
tion when filled either with sand or a lean concrete mix-
ture. Bags can be placed directly on the slope in a single
layer, or they can be stacked in a multiple layer running
up the slope. Mattresses are designed to be laid flat on a
B-16
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-29. Lok-Gard block revetment cross section
Figure B-30. Terrafix block revetment, Two Mile, FL
slope. The advantages of bag revetments are their ease of
construction and moderate initial cost. Sand-filled units
are relatively flexible and can be repaired easily. Their
disadvantages are susceptibility to vandalism, damage
from waterborne debris, and degradation under ultraviolet
light. Concrete fill eliminates these problems at a high
cost and loss of structural flexibility. Placement should
always be on a stable slope. A stacked bag revetment can
be placed on a steeper slope than a blanket revetment or
B-17
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-31. Terrafix block revetment cross section
mattress, but in no case should the slope exceed
IV on 1.5 H.
B-18. Mattresses
a. General. Mattresses are designed for placement
directly on a prepared slope. Laid in place when empty,
they are joined together and then pumped full of concrete.
This results in a mass of pillow-like concrete sections
with regularly spaced filter meshes for hydrostatic pres-
sure relief. Installation should always be in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 3 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 95 to 100 percent of
smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-32 and B-33).
The best example of a concrete mattress subjected to
wave action is the upstream face of Allegheny Reservoir
Figure B-32. Fabriform revetment, location unknown
(Kinzua Dam) in northern Pennsylvania and southern New
York. Built in 1968, the Fabriform nylon mat was placed
53 ft down a 1-on-1.5-slope and, through 1980, was func-
tioning as designed. The panels were anchored in a
trench about 7 ft above the high water level. A large
portion of the lower part of the revetment was constructed
with the nylon fabric forms under water. Because the
mattress is essentially a collection of discrete concrete
B-18
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-33. Fabriform revetment cross section
masses that are joined together, there is a danger of
cracking and breaking of the mat under differential settle-
ment. Also, the mats may be damaged by heavy floating
debris.
B-19. Bags
a. Blanket revetment. One or two layers of bags
placed directly on a slope are suitable for temporary,
emergency, or other short-term protection. The smooth,
rounded contours of the bags present an interlocking
problem, and they slide easily. For improved stability,
the bags should be kept underfilled to create a flatter
shape with a greater surface contact area.
b. Stacked-bag revetment. This type of structure
consists of bags that are stacked pyramid-fashion at the
base of a slope or bluff. The long axes of the bags
should be parallel to shore, and the joints should be offset
as in brickwork. Grout or concrete-filled bags can be
further stabilized with steel rods driven through the bags.
The same precautions about underfilling the bags for
greater stability should be observed with this kind of
structure. In addition, sufficient space should be provided
between the structure and the bluff to preclude damages
in the event of bluff slumping and to provide an apron to
absorb wave energy that overtops the structure thereby
protecting the toe of the bank from scour.
c. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave heights:
1.5 ft for small bag blankets.
2.0 ft for large bag blankets.
2.0 ft for small bag stacks.
3.0 ft for large bag stacks.
(2) Wave runup potential for:
Blankets is 90 percent of smooth slope runup.
Stacked bags is 80 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
d. Prototype installation.
(1) General description (Figures B-34 and B-35).
An excellent example of a bag revetment is one con-
structed in June 1978 at Oak Harbor, WA, on Puget
Sound. The structure was built in two halves, one using
ready-mix concrete in burlap bags and the other using a
commonly available dry sand-cement mix in paper sacks.
The dry-mix sacks in each tier were systematically punc-
tured with pitch forks and flooded with fresh water from a
B-19
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-34. Bag revetment at Oak Harbor, WA
Figure B-35. Bag revetment cross section
garden hose before the next tier was placed. Note from
the cross sections that a gravel filter was used behind the
burlap bags and a filter cloth behind the paper sacks.
Also, PVC drain pipes were provided at 10-ft centers for
hydrostatic pressure relief. The landward ends of these
pipes were wrapped with filter cloth to prevent passage of
fines through the drain pipes.
(2) Performance. Several severe storms have struck
the site with breaking wave heights of 3.5 ft or more.
B-20
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Neither structure suffered significant damages as a result
of these storms, but the toe rock was displaced. This
displacement eventually led to a partial unravelling of the
burlap bag structure proceeding from the toe at a point of
especially severe wave attack. The burlap bags, however,
did appear to nest better than the paper sacks, and the
ready-mix concrete will probably provide a longer service
life than the dry sand-cement mix. Overall, however, the
bag revetments proved to be an excellent and economical
solution at this site.
B-20. Gabions
a. General. Gabions are rectangular baskets or
mattresses made of galvanized, and sometimes also PVC-
coated, steel wire in a hexagonal mesh. Subdivided into
approximately equally sized cells, standard gabion baskets
are 3 ft wide and available in lengths of 6, 9, and 12 ft
and thicknesses of 1, 1.5, and 3 ft. Mattresses are either
9 or 12 in. thick. The standard baskets are generally
preferred over mattresses because they are fabricated of
heavier wire (approximately 11 gauge versus
approximately 13-1/2 gauge). At the jobsite, the baskets
are unfolded and assembled by lacing the edges together
with steel wire. The individual baskets are then wired
together and filled with 4- to 8-in.-diam stone. The lids
are finally closed and laced to the baskets, forming a
large, heavy mass.
b. Advantages. One advantage of a gabion structure
is that it can be built without heavy equipment. Gabions
are flexible and can maintain their function even if the
foundation settles. They can be repaired by opening the
baskets, refilling them, and then wiring them shut again.
They can also be repaired with shotcrete, although care
must be taken to ensure relief of hydrostatic pressures.
c. Disadvantages. One disadvantage of a gabion
structure is that the baskets may be opened by wave
action. Also, since structural performance depends on the
continuity of the wire mesh, abrasion and damage to the
PVC coating can lead to rapid corrosion of the wire and
failure of the baskets. For that reason, the baskets should
be tightly packed to minimize movement of the interior
stone and subsequent damage to the wire. Rusted and
broken wire baskets also pose a safety hazard. Gabion
structures require periodic inspections so that repairs are
made before serious damage occurs.
d. Design precautions. To ensure best performance,
use properly sized filler rock. Interior liners or sandbags
to contain smaller sized material are not recommended.
The baskets should be filled tightly to prevent movement
of the stone, and they should be refilled as necessary to
maintain tight packing. Gabions should not be used
where bombardment by waterborne debris or cobbles is
present or where foot traffic across them is expected.
Baskets must be filled in place to allow them to be laced
to adjacent units prior to filling.
e. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 5 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 80 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
f. Prototype installation (Figures B-36 and B-37).
A gabion revetment was constructed at Oak Harbor, WA,
in June 1978 (final report on the Shoreline Erosion Con-
trol Demonstration Program). Note that half of the revet-
ment was placed on a gravel filter, and half was placed
on filter cloth. The structure weathered several storms in
the ensuing 2 years and suffered little damage attributable
to the gabions themselves (backfill was lost in several
areas where no filter had been placed). Performance was
adequate at this site where breaking wave heights prob-
ably did not exceed 3.5 to 4.0 ft.
B-21. Steel Fuel Barrels
a. General. This type of revetment is limited to
remote areas where there is an abundance of used fuel
barrels of little salvageable value. Due to rapid corrosion
of the barrels in warm water, the system is reliable only
in Arctic regions. The barrels should be completely filled
with coarse granular material to preclude damage by floe
ice and debris, and the critical seaward barrels should be
capped with concrete. Also, partial burial of the barrels
increases stability.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 3 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 80 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is medium to high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-38 and B-39).
A barrel revetment was constructed at Kotzebue, AK, off
the Arctic Ocean during the summers of 1978 and 1979
B-21
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-36. Gabion revetment, Oak Harbor, WA
Figure B-37. Gabion revetment cross section
B-22
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-38. Steel fuel barrel revetment, Kotzebue, AK
Figure B-39. Steel fuel barrel revetment plan and cross section
B-23
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
(final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration
Program). Performance was acceptable, although wave-
driven ice floes damaged some of the barrels at the sea-
ward end of the structure. Gravel fill within the barrels
limited the damages, but retention of this fill was difficult
without the use of expensive concrete caps or other posi-
tive means.
B-22. Fabric
a. General. Revetments using filter cloth or other
fabrics as the slope’s armor layer have not been
successful. They do have some potential, however, as
expedient, emergency devices when speed of construction
or lack of suitable armor materials necessitate their use.
The fabric can be used alone, or it can be combined with
some form of ballast to add stability.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 0.5 to 1 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installations (Figures B-40 and B-41).
Two filter cloth revetments that have been documented
were built at Fontainebleau State Park, LA, in the fall of
1979 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demon-
stration Program). The first utilized a filter cloth with
large pre-sewn ballast pockets to help hold the filter cloth
panel in place. The outer rows of pockets were filled
with bags of sand-cement and the interior pockets were
filled with shell. The entire cloth was covered with 6 in.
of shell and then with 6 in. of topsoil which was seeded
with Bermuda grass and fertilized. The other revetment
was constructed with the same cloth but with pre-sewn
loops to which ballast (115-lb blocks) could be attached
to anchor the cloth. Instead of using the loops, however,
the blocks were anchored to the cloth with galvanized
iron pins driven through the holes in the blocks. Perfor-
mance of both revetments was poor, and neither form of
anchoring was sufficient for stability for a period longer
than a few months.
B-23. Concrete Slabs
a. General. Large concrete slabs salvaged from
demolition work have often been used for shore protec-
tion. Placed directly on a slope, they provide a massive,
heavy structure that is not easily moved by wave action.
Failures have been numerous, however, usually due to
improper provision for filtering, inadequate toe protection,
and lack of flank protection.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 1 to 5 ft depending
on the thickness of the slabs.
(2) Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-42 and B-43).
A concrete slab revetment constructed at Alameda, CA, in
November 1978, is illustrative of the problems commonly
experienced with this kind of structure (final report on
Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). The
structure was placed on a sand fill at a 1-on-0.6 slope
with an underlying nonwoven filter cloth. The slabs,
obtained from a building demolition site, were hoisted
into place by crane; and one slab was cracked during this
operation. The structure failed under wave action because
of inadequate toe protection, flanking, failure of the filter
cloth under the shifting slabs, and inherent instability of
the underlying 60-deg slope.
B-24. Soil Cement
a. General. Soil cement is a mixture of portland
cement, water, and soil. When compacted while moist, it
forms a hard, durable material with properties similar to
concrete and rock. A typical mixture may contain 7 to
14 percent portland cement and 10 percent water by
weight of dry soil. Use of soil cement in shore protection
is discussed in Wilder and Dinchak (1979).
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height depends on layer
thickness and quality control during construction up to an
estimated 10-ft maximum.
(2) Wave runup potential is 80 to 90 percent of
smooth slope runup (Stoa 1979).
(3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-44 and B-45).
One of the oldest known soil cement installations in the
United States is a test section on the southeast shore of
B-24
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-40. Fabric revetments, Fontainebleaus State Park, LA
Figure B-41. Fabric revetment cross section
Bonny Reservoir in eastern Colorado. It consists of a
series of 6-in.-thick by 7-ft-wide horizontal layers of soil
cement with about a 1-on-2 slope to the exposed stairstep
face. Constructed in 1951, it remains in good structural
condition. At three sites on the north shore of the Gaspe
Peninsula, Quebec, 6,000 ft of soil cement revetments,
constructed in stairstep fashion, and having 2.5-ft thick-
ness normal to the slope, have successfully withstood
repeated attacks by waves up to 10 ft high (measured
offshore) since their completion in 1975 (Wilder and
Dinchak 1979).
B-25. Tire Mattresses
a. General. Tire mattresses consist of loose or
connected scrap tires placed on a filter and filled with a
sand-cement or ready-mix concrete ballast. Such struc-
tures can be durable, flexible, and inexpensive provided
the weight of the filled tires provides adequate stability.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height is 1 ft.
B-25
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-42. Concrete slab revetment, Alameda, CA
Figure B-43. Concrete slab revetment cross section
B-26
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-44. Soil cement revetment, Bonny Dam, CO
Figure B-45. Soil cement revetment cross section
(2) Wave runup potential is 90 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installation (Figures B-46 and B-47).
A prototype structure was built in October 1979, at
Fontainebleau State Park, LA (final report on Shoreline
B-27
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-46. Tire mattress revetment, Fontainebleau
State Park, LA
Figure B-47. Tire mattress revetment cross section
Erosion Control Demonstration Program). A filter cloth
was placed on a prepared 1-on-3 slope, and two rows of
sand-cement bags were placed along the lakeward edge to
act as toe protection. The filter cloth was lapped over the
bags at the toe, and the first row of tires was placed on
this overlap (Dutch toe method). The tires were filled
with a dry sand-cement mixture, and the revetment was
completed with another row of bags at the crest. The
structure remained stable until April 1980 when a storm
displaced about 50 percent of the tires, although the struc-
ture still continued to function after that. One contribu-
ting factor to the failure was the use of dry sand-cement
which led to incomplete filling of the tires and sig-
nificantly reduced the weight per unit.
B-26. Landing Mats
a. General. Mo-Mat is one form of landing mat con-
sisting of 0.625-in.-thick fiberglass molded into a waffle
pattern with a weight of about 1 lb/ft
2
. It may be used as
revetment armoring in mild wave climates, given adequate
toe protection and filtering, along with a suitable method
of strongly anchoring the mats to the subgrade.
b. Design factors (estimated).
(1) Zero-damage wave height depends on strength of
anchoring system and is probably in the range of 1 to
2 ft.
(2) Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth
slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is high.
c. Prototype installations. Unknown. A possible
section is shown in Figure B-48.
Figure B-48. Landing mat revetment
B-27. Windrows
a. General. Windrows provide an alternative
method of utilizing rock for slope protection. Instead of
incurring the expense of constructing a formal revetment
structure, the rock can be stockpiled at the top of a slope
to be released when erosion causes the bank to retreat.
As an alternative, the rock can be placed in a trench at
the top of the bank and covered with soil and seed. In
either case, the cost is probably less than with a formal
revetment. The obvious disadvantage is that the random
launching of this material down the slope probably does
not allow for formation of an adequate filter layer beneath
the larger armor stones. Presumably, if a large quantity
B-28
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
of well-graded stone were stockpiled in the windrow,
natural sorting processes would eventually lead to devel-
opment of an adequate filter given sufficient time and
material. This method could be used at a site where some
bank recession is acceptable before the windrow revet-
ment is needed.
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone
size and gradation.
(2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low as
50 percent of smooth slope runup.
(3) Wave reflection potential is low.
c. Prototype installations. Actual sites are
unknown, but the method has apparently received wide-
spread use for riverbank protection in some areas of the
country. A possible section is shown in Figure B-49.
Figure B-49. Windrow revetment
B-28. Vegetation
a. General. Vegetation can be a highly effective
shore protection method when used under the right
conditions. Marsh grasses can be used as a buffer zone to
dissipate incoming wave energy, and other species can be
used in the area above the intertidal zone to directly pro-
tect and stabilize the shoreline. The appropriate species to
use varies throughout the country. Smooth cordgrass
(Spartina alterniflora) is excellent for marsh plantings in
many areas. This is not true of the Great Lakes, however,
where neither this nor other marsh species have been
particularly successful for stabilizing shorelines. The best
species for planting above the intertidal zone vary
throughout the country, and only those that are well adap-
ted to local conditions should be used.
b. Design factors.
(1) Zero-damage wave height is estimated to be less
than 1 ft although some installations survive in higher
energy if they can become established during lower
energy regimes.
(2) Wave runup potential is low for well-established
plantings.
(3) Wave reflection potential is low for well-
established plantings.
c. Prototype installations (Figure B-50). Four
species of marsh plants, narrow- and broad-leaved cattails
(Typha augustifolia and T. latifolia), giant reed
(Phragmites australis), smooth cordgrass (Spartina
alterniflora), and black needle rush (Juncus roemerianus)
were planted at a site on Currituck Sound, NC, in 1973
(final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration
Program). Profiles taken through the site and through an
unplanted control area revealed that the erosion rate
decreased as the vegetation became established in the
planted area. By 1979 the control area had continued to
erode at about 8.8 ft per year, while the protected area
was stable and even accreting slightly.
B-29
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure B-50. Protective vegetative plantings
B-30
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Appendix C
Seawalls
C-1. Curved Face
a. General. A curved-face seawall is designed to
accommodate the impact and runup of large waves while
directing the flow away from the land being protected.
As the flow strikes the wall, it is forced to flow along the
curving face and ultimately is released in a vertical trajec-
tory, falling harmlessly back to the ground, or it is
recurved to splash back seaward, the tremendous wave
forces that must be resisted and redirected require a mas-
sive structure with an adequate foundation. Wave reflec-
tions from the wall also demand sturdy toe protection.
b. Prototype installation. A classic example is the Gal-
veston seawall (Figure C-1) built in response to the devas-
tating hurricane that struck that area in 1900. A large
concrete structure with a compound-radius face, it is
founded on piles and fronted with heavy stone toe protec-
tion. The vertical height is about 16 ft, measured from
the base of the concrete pile caps. In addition, a sheet-
pile cutoff wall provides a last line of defense against toe
scour that would threaten to undermine the wall.
Figure C-1. Curved-face seawall, Galveston, TX
c. Cross section of curved-face seawall. A cross
section of the Galveston seawall, fairly typical of this type
of construction, is shown in Figure C-2.
Figure C-2. Curved-face seawall cross section
C-2. Stepped Face
a. General. These seawalls are designed to limit
wave runup and overtopping by the hindering action of
the stepped face on the advancing wave front. Although
somewhat less massive than curved-face seawalls, the
general design requirements for structural stability are the
same for this kind of structure.
b. Prototype installation (Figure C-3). The best
example is probably the Harrison County, MS, seawall
(Escoffier and Dolive 1954). The total wall height is 8 ft,
consisting of eight 12-in.-high steps. The horizontal
width of the structure is 13.5 ft with nine 18-in.-wide
treads. The structure is founded on wood piles, and
sheetpiling is used as a cutoff wall to prevent under-
mining. No stone toe protection is employed.
c. Cross section of prototype stepped-face wall.
Figure C-4 shows the features of the Harrison County sea-
wall, which is typical of this type of construction.
C-3. Combination Stepped and Curved Face
a. General. This kind of structure combines a
massive curved face with a fronting stepped section that
incorporates the advantages of both of those kinds of
seawalls.
b. Prototype installation. The best example is the
seawall near Ocean Beach in San Francisco, CA (Fig-
ure C-5). It represents what is perhaps the most massive
C-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure C-3. Stepped-face seawall, Harrison County, MS
Figure C-4. Stepped-face seawall cross section
C-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure C-5. Combination stepped- and curved-face
seawall, San Francisco, CA
coastal structure ever built in this country. The initial
stepped section rises about 10 ft to its junction with a
short-radius curved face that continues vertically for an
additional 10.5 ft. The wall is founded on piles, and
interlocking sheetpiling provides an effective cutoff wall
at the toe. In addition, the lower section of the stepped
face is deeply buried below the original beach face to
minimize the risk that toe scour would ever approach the
cutoff wall.
c. Cross section of combination wall.
Figure C-6 shows the features of the San Francisco sea-
wall, which is typical of this type of construction.
C-4. Rubble
a. General. A rubble seawall is essentially a rubble
breakwater that is placed directly on the beach. The rock
is sized in accordance with standard selection methods for
Figure C-6. Combination stepped- and curved-face
seawall cross section
stability, and the structure acts to absorb and limit wave
advance up the beach. The rough surface of such struc-
tures tends to absorb and dissipate wave energy with a
minimum of wave reflection and scour.
b. Prototype installation. A typical structure at
Fernandina Beach, FL, is shown in Figure C-7. The
structure has a core of graded, small stones and an armor
layer of large cap stones. In lieu of the rubble back
slope, a concrete parapet wall could be substituted to
provide a more positive barrier to the flow of water up
the beach.
c. Cross section of a rubble-mound seawall. Fig-
ure C-8 shows the features of the Fernandina Beach sea-
wall, which is typical of this type of construction.
C-3
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure C-7. Rubble-mound seawall, Fernandina Beach, FL
Figure C-8. Rubble-mound seawall cross section
C-4
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Appendix D
Bulkheads
D-1. Sheetpiling
Sheetpiling, available in various materials including steel,
aluminum, concrete, and timber, is used in bulkheads that
may be either cantilevered or anchored. Detailed design
procedures are available in EM 1110-2-2906 or in stan-
dard references such as United States Steel Corporation
(1975). Cantilevered bulkheads derive their support solely
from ground penetration; therefore, the effective embed-
ment length must be sufficient to prevent overturning.
Toe scour results in a loss of embedment length and could
threaten the stability of such structures. Anchored bulk-
heads gain additional support from anchors embedded on
the landward side or from structural piles placed at a
batter on the seaward side. Connections between the
anchors and the bulkhead should be suitably corrosion
protected. Horizontal wales, located within the top one
third of the bulkhead height, distribute the lateral loads on
the structure to the anchors.
D-2. Steel Sheetpiling
a. General. Steel sheetpiling is the most widely
used bulkhead material. It can be driven into hard, dense
soils and even soft rock. The interlocking feature of the
sheet-pile sections provides a relatively sand- or soil-tight
fit that generally precludes the need for filters. This close
fit may also be essentially water-tight, so regularly spaced
weep holes are recommended. These and lifting holes in
the piling should be backed with a proper filter to pre-
clude loss of backfill material.
b. Prototype installations (Figures D-1 and D-2).
Prototype performance is well documented and known
through the experience gained at hundreds of sites
throughout the United States.
D-3. Timber Sheetpiling
a. General. Well-designed and well-built timber
structures have long been recognized as viable and eco-
nomical for marine use. At marine locations, only treated
timber with corrosion-resistant or protected metals for
hardware and fasteners should be used. Wrought iron
anchor rods with turnbuckles and bolts have good durabil-
ity, as do galvanized fasteners. Washers should be placed
under bolt heads and nuts to ensure even bearing, but the
number of these should be minimized to reduce the
exposed length of bolt shanks. Bolt holes should be no
larger than required to provide a tight fit through the
timbers. Joints between the timber sheeting should be
minimized, and the use of a filter is recommended as an
added precaution.
b. Prototype installations. Timber sheet-pile bulk-
heads have been installed at numerous locations through-
out the United States. Their performance is well known
and documented. A typical installation is shown in Fig-
ure D-3 and details of the construction are in Figure D-4.
D-4. Aluminum Sheetpiling
a. General. Aluminum sheetpiling has been sold
since 1969 and has been used successfully in many appli-
cations since then. Advantages of aluminum are light
weight (2 to 4 lb/ft
2
), installation ease, good strength-to-
weight ratios, and excellent corrosion resistance. The
main disadvantage of aluminum compared to steel is that
it cannot be driven through logs, rocks, or other hard
obstructions. Special design and construction suggestions
are available from suppliers (Ravens Metal Products 1981;
Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Sales 1979).
b. Corrosion characteristics. Aluminum has excel-
lent corrosion resistance in a wide range of water and soil
conditions because of the tough oxide film that forms its
surface. Although aluminum is an active metal in the
galvanic series, this film affords excellent protection
except in several special cases. The first of these is the
alloy composition of the aluminum itself. Alloys contain-
ing copper or silicon alone are susceptible to corrosion
and should not be used. Second, differing mechanical or
thermal treatment across the surface of the metal can set
up electrical potential differences that could lead to corro-
sion. Therefore, welding should be done with care; and
lifting holes, if needed, should be drilled rather than
burned. Third, the oxide film is generally stable in the
pH range of 4.5 to 8.5, but the nature of the dissolved
compounds causing the pH reading is crucial. For
instance, acidic waters containing chlorides are more
corrosive to aluminum than those containing sulfates.
Fourth, galvanic corrosion with dissimilar metals can be
troublesome, particularly when contact is made with cop-
per or carbon steel. Finally, certain soils tend to be corro-
sive to aluminum, particularly nondraining clay-organic
mucks. As a general rule, contact with clay soils should
be minimized unless special corrosion treatment measures
are instituted. Where questions exist, expert advice
should be sought from CERL.
D-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-1. Sheet-pile bulkhead, Lincoln Township, MI
Figure D-2. Steel sheet-pile bulkhead cross section
D-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-3. Timber sheet-pile bulkhead, possibly at Fort Story, VA
Figure D-4. Construction details of timber sheet-pile bulkhead
D-3
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
c. Prototype installations (Figure D-5). Aluminum
sheetpiling has been installed at numerous locations
around the country, including Bowens Inn, Calvert
County, MD; Ocean Pines, Ocean City, MD; Hilton Head
Island, SC; and West Bay, Galveston Island, TX. Spe-
cific performance data on these installations are
unavailable.
Figure D-5. Aluminum sheet-pile bulkhead cross
section
D-5. Concrete Sheetpiling
a. General. Prestressed concrete sheetpiling has
been used throughout the United States. It is particularly
advantageous where abrasion, corrosion, or marine-borer
activity limits the use of other types of sheetpiling. While
concrete sheetpiling is not generally available from most
suppliers, it can be cast at the jobsite for large projects.
Typical sections have a tongue-and-groove shape with
thicknesses of 12 in. and widths of 3 ft. The actual
dimensions for a given project will be a function of
design loads.
b. Prototype installations. Figure D-6 shows a
concrete sheet-pile bulkhead that was constructed at Folly
Beach, SC. The design cross section is probably very
similar to that shown in Figure D-1, with the exception
that concrete was used. No specific design details were
available for this structure.
D-6. Cellular Steel Sheetpiling
a. General. Cellular steel sheetpiling can be used in
areas where adequate pile penetration cannot be obtained.
Figure D-6. Concrete sheet-pile bulkhead, Folly Beach,
SC
A typical wall consists of cells, each constructed with
semicircular walls connected by cross diaphragms. Each
cell is then filled with sand, gravel, stone, or other mate-
rial to provide structural stability. Unlike other sheet-pile
structures, this is a gravity device that resists sliding by
bottom friction and overturning by the moment supplied
by its weight. Toe protection is crucial to prevent loss of
fill through the bottom of the cell, and a concrete cap is
necessary in most cases to protect against loss of fill due
to overtopping waves. This is a higher cost and more
massive equivalent of the used concrete pipe bulkhead
described in paragraph D-17.
b. Prototype installation (Figure D-7). This type of
construction has been used on the Great Lakes, primarily
for groins. No specific bulkhead installations are known
for which background information is available. A possi-
ble plan and cross section are shown in Figure D-7.
D-7. Post-Supported Bulkheads
Post-supported bulkheads consist of regularly spaced piles
or posts with an attached facing material that retains the
backfill. The posts, support components of the bulkhead,
resist the earth and wave pressures that are generally
distributed to them by the facing material. This type of
bulkhead, like sheetpiling, can be either cantilevered or
anchored.
D-4
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-7. Cellular steel sheet-pile bulkhead plan and cross section
D-8. Concrete Slabs and King-Piles
a. General. Conceptually, the system utilizes verti-
cal concrete kingpiles that are H-shaped in section.
Tongue-and-groove precast slabs are placed between the
flanges of the king-piles to form a heavy, continuous
retaining structure.
b. Prototype installation. This type of structure was
built in 1953 at Virginia Beach, VA, and is shown in
Figures D-8 and D-9. Features include a cast-in-place
concrete cap, or headwall, which is used to support the
seaward edge of a concrete walkway as shown in Fig-
ure D-9. Regularly spaced weep-holes are provided for
hydrostatic pressure relief, and stairs, placed at intervals,
provide access to the beach. The seaward toe of the stairs
is pile supported, and the upper end is keyed into the
concrete headwall.
D-9. Railroad Ties and Steel H-Piles
a. General. Although utilizing different construction
materials, this system is almost identical in concept to the
Figure D-8. Concrete slab and king-pile bulkhead
previous one. The railroad ties, however, require a cap to
retain them in place due to their natural buoyancy.
D-5
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-9. Concrete slab and king-pile bulkhead cross section
b. Prototype installation (Figures D-10 and D-11).
A bulkhead using this system was built at Port Wing, WI,
in November 1978 (final report on the Shoreline Erosion
Control Demonstration Program). The H-piles were set
about 12 ft into the sandstone bedrock on 8-ft centers in
holes drilled by a truck-mounted auger. After the piles
were grouted in place, the railroad ties were placed
between the flanges, and a steel channel was welded to
the top. Rock toe protection was provided, and a non-
woven filter cloth and granular backfill were used behind
the wall. The structure subsequently weathered several
severe storms with little or no structural damage.
D-10. Treated Timber
a. General. Horizontal, pressure-treated planks can
be spiked to the landward side of the posts that are
anchored to deadmen or piles in the backfill. The planks
must be backed by filter cloth or graded stone to prevent
soil losses through the cracks. Riprap toe protection
should be provided.
b. Prototype installation (Figures D-12 and D-13).
Devices of this kind are fairly common where timber is
economical (final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control
Demonstration Program). An excellent prototype example
is a structure that was built at Oak Harbor, WA, in June
1978. Constructed at the base of a 30-ft-high bluff, it
utilized treated 8-in.-square posts on 4-ft centers to which
3- by 12-in. planks were spiked. Anchors were connected
to each post, the landward face was covered with a non-
woven filter cloth, and rock toe protection was placed in
front of the wall. The structure has withstood several
storms with some damages due to loss of backfill through
discontinuities in the filter cloth. Repairs of these faults
improved subsequent performance and limited later
damages.
D-11. Untreated Logs
a. General. Similar to the previous system, this
method employs untreated logs as the basic construction
material in lieu of treated timbers.
b. Prototype installation (Figures D-14 and D-15).
A typical prototype structure was built at Oak Harbor,
WA, in June 1978 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Con-
trol Demonstration Program). It consisted of large log
posts spaced on 4-ft centers to which horizontal logs were
spiked. These were backed by a gravel filter and granular
backfill that provided the basic support to the structure
under wave conditions. A February 1979 storm later
washed out the gravel filter and backfill. Deprived of
support from behind, the structure was essentially
destroyed as the horizontal logs were displaced. A strong
filter cloth capable of bridging the gaps between the logs
may have yielded adequate performance and prevented
failure by retaining the backfill.
D-12. Hogwire Fencing and Sandbags
a. General. Hogwire fencing attached to posts can
be used to support sandbags stacked on the landward side
D-6
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-10. Railroad ties and steel H-pile bulkhead, Port Wing, WI
Figure D-11. Railroad ties and steel H-pile bulkhead cross section
D-7
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-12. Treated timber bulkhead, Oak Harbor, WA
Figure D-13. Treated timber bulkhead cross section
D-8
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-14. Untreated log bulkhead, Oak Harbor, WA
Figure D-15. Untreated log bulkhead cross section
D-9
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
of the fence to form a relatively inexpensive structure.
The sandbags are vulnerable to tearing, however, if they
are undercut by toe scour and slide against the hogwire
fencing. Best performance is achievable using PVC-
coated, small mesh wire to minimize corrosion and dam-
age to the bags. Tearing of the exposed front row of bags
can be minimized by filling them with a sand-cement
mixture. This allows the use of burlap bags in place of
more expensive synthetic fabric bags that must be stabi-
lized against ultraviolet light. Finally, the bags and
fencing should be placed in a trench excavated to the
anticipated scour depth to minimize shifting and damage
to the bags.
b. Prototype installation (Figures D-16 and D-17).
A 200-ft section of fence and bag bulkhead was used to
protect a low bluff at Basin Bayou State Recreation Area,
FL (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstra-
tion Program). Constructed in early December 1978, it
consisted of timber posts at 5-ft centers with 36-in. hog-
wire fencing stretched between. The basic sections were
constructed--one two bags wide and the other three bags
wide. One half of each of these sections was constructed
using acrylic bags and the other half using polypropylene
bags. The structure failed after a short period of time
when the polypropylene bags, which were not stabilized
against ultraviolet light, disintegrated rapidly. The acrylic
bags did not disintegrate, but they were not sufficiently
entrenched and so were displaced and torn as toe scour
proceeded. Adherence to the guidelines specified above
would probably yield more acceptable results for short-
to-medium-term performance.
D-13. Used Rubber Tires and Timber Posts
a. General. Closely spaced vertical posts can be
strung with used rubber tires to form an inexpensive bulk-
head. Tires are advantageous because they are tough and
durable and are available free in most areas. The large
gaps between the adjoining tires create a problem in pro-
viding an adequate filtering system.
b. Prototype installation (Figures D-18 and D-19).
Used tire bulkheads have been constructed at many loca-
tions around the country (final report on Shoreline Ero-
sion Control Demonstration Program). A good example
is one that was built at Oak Harbor, WA, in the summer
of 1978. Placed at the toe of a high bluff, it consisted of
two rows of staggered posts with tires placed over them
to form a structure approximately 4.5 ft high. The tires
Figure D-16. Hogwire fence and sandbag bulkhead
Basin Bayou Recreation Area, FL
Figure D-17. Hogwire fence and sandbag bulkhead
cross section
were filled with gravel as they were placed, and wire rope
was used to fasten the posts to deadman anchors. Half of
the structure had no filter, and the other half had equal
segments of gravel and filter cloth protection. Storms that
occurred after installation removed the backfill behind the
unfiltered portion of the structure. The bulkhead experi-
enced no structural damages, however, and the continued
sloughing of the bluff eventually deposited enough mate-
rial behind the bulkhead to allow natural sorting processes
to form an effective filter cake. The filter-protected por-
tions performed well throughout. Despite the ultimately
successful performance of the unfiltered portion, a
D-10
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-18. Used rubber tire and timber post bulk-
head, Oak Harbor, WA
Figure D-19. Used rubber tire and timber post bulk-
head cross section
structure such as this should always be constructed with a
filter unless a large supply of well-graded backfill is
available for a filter to form by sorting processes.
D-14. Miscellaneous
The following are basically gravity structures that depend
on weight and sliding friction to retain the fill. They are
generally easier to construct than post-supported bulk-
heads, yet they offer less stability in some cases because
they do not penetrate subsurface failure surfaces that may
be critical in some bluff situations.
D-15. Timber Cribbing
a. General. Timber crib bulkheads are constructed
of heavy-duty timbers (6- by 6-in. minimum) that are
stacked in alternating layers to form an open weave, box-
like structure. This box is then filled with stone (at least
50 lb) to form a massive wave-resistant structure.
Threaded rods with washers and nuts can be used at each
corner to fasten the structure together. Adherence to
filtering provisions and toe protection requirements is
essential. If the gaps between the timbers are too large to
retain the available stone, notching the ends will decrease
the spacing between members.
b. Prototype installation (Figure D-20). Structures
of this kind are located throughout the United States,
particularly on the Great Lakes. In marine applications,
care should be taken to use properly treated timber to
resist marine borer activity.
D-16. Stacked Rubber Tires
a. General. Tires have often been tried for shore-
protection devices because of their ready availability at
most locations. These can be stacked in some pyramid
fashion to form a bulkhead. Success depends in large
measure on the strength of the interconnections between
the tires, a common failure point for this kind of structure.
While availability of tires is a strong temptation to use
them for shore protection, they are extremely rugged and
cannot be fastened securely together except by consider-
able effort and expense. In most cases, failures result
from inadequate connections.
b. Prototype installations (Figures D-21 and D-22).
A stacked tire bulkhead was constructed at Port Wing,
WI, in July 1979 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Con-
trol Demonstration Program). The tires were placed flat,
as shown, with the holes in successive layers of tires
being staggered. A row of anchors on 10-ft centers was
installed near the toe, middle, and top of the structure.
The anchors were 0.75-in. galvanized rods with 4-in.
D-11
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-20. Timber crib bulkhead cross section
Figure D-21. Stacked rubber tire bulkhead, Port Wing,
WI
anchors, similar to those used for power poles. Non-
woven filter cloth was used behind the structure.
Interconnections between tires were made with 40-d gal-
vanized spikes with steel push nuts. These proved to be
weak, however, and many tires were lost during the first
12 months. Later accretion of the beach in front of the
structure may have served to protect it since subsequent
damages occurred at a slower rate. A stronger connector
would be necessary to achieve long-term stability.
D-17. Used Concrete Pipes
a. General. Used concrete pipes can be placed on
end, side by side, to form a continuous wall. To increase
stability, the pipes are filled with gravel or other beach
materials, and a concrete cap may be employed to ensure
retention of the gravel. Filtering must be provided to pre-
vent loss of soil between the cracks in the pipes. The
protection is also a crucial consideration.
b. Prototype installation (Figures D-23 and D-24).
A typical structure was built around 1976 along the north-
west shore of Trinity Bay in McCollum County Park,
Beach City, TX (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control
Demonstration Program). The 800-ft-long bulkhead con-
sists of a single row of vertical concrete pipes. The units
were cracked, chipped, or otherwise unsuitable for culvert
use. The pipe lengths were 4 ft, but the diameters varied
from 36 to 90 in. Figure D-23 shows the remnants of a
D-12
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-22. Stacked rubber tire bulkhead cross section
Figure D-23. Used concrete pipe bulkhead, Beach City, TX
D-13
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-24. Used concrete pipe bulkhead cross section
previous device that was built using 18- to 36-in. pipes
which was destroyed during Hurricane Carla. As origi-
nally built, the structure had no toe protection or filtering
system, and the fill within the pipes was not protected.
As a result of a July 1979 storm, several pipes were dam-
aged, and some backfill was lost from behind the pipes.
Repairs included a concrete cap to protect the pipe fill,
cement grouting of the gaps between pipes, and placement
of broken concrete toe protection. Subsequent damages to
the structure were limited. Fortunately, the relatively low
height of the structure precluded damages that would have
occurred in taller structures due to the excess hydrostatic
pressures that could have developed by blocking the gaps
between the pipes with concrete. Use of filter cloth or
gravel filter during initial construction would have been a
preferred method.
D-18. Longard Tubes
a. General. Longard tubes are patented, woven,
polyethylene tubes that are hydraulically filled with sand
and available in 40- and 69-in. diameters and lengths up
to 328 ft. Placement is usually on a woven filter cloth
that extends 10 ft seaward of the tube. A small 10-in.
tube, factory-stitched to the seaward edge of the filter
cloth, settles under wave action to provide toe protection.
The primary advantage of a Longard tube is the ease and
speed of construction once equipment and materials are in
place. Repairs can be made with sewn-on patches. The
major disadvantage is vulnerability to vandalism and
damage by waterborne debris. A sand-epoxy coating can
be applied to dry tubes after filling to provide signifi-
cantly greater puncture resistance. This coating cannot be
applied in the wet.
b. Design considerations. Tubes can protect a bank
toe against wave attack but have little resistance to large
earth pressures. Tubes should not be placed directly at a
bluff toe because wave overtopping may continue to cause
erosion.
c. Prototype installation (Figures D-25 and D-26).
Two types of Longard tube bulkheads were built near
Ashland, WI, along the shore of Lake Superior, at the
base of a 60- to 80-ft bluff (final report on Shoreline
Erosion Control Demonstration Program). One was a
69-in. tube topped with a 40-in. tube. A concrete grout
wedge was placed between the tubes to help resist over-
turning. The other structure was a single 69-in. tube.
Earth pressures caused the 69-in. tubes to slide or roll
lakeward and the 40-in. tube on one device to roll back-
ward and fall behind. Overtopping waves continued to
erode the bluff toe, and floating debris caused punctures
D-14
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure D-25. Longard tube bulkhead, Ashland, WI
in several locations. These continued to enlarge and
eventually caused a significant loss of sand fill from
within the tubes. This was true despite the sand-epoxy
coating. Placement of the tubes away from the bluff toe
may have resulted in better performance.
D-19. Stacked Bags
a. General. The uses of bags for revetments was
discussed in paragraph B-19. Similar consid erations
apply to bulkhead construction, except that the bags are
stacked vertically and are used to retain a backfill.
b. Prototype installations. No examples are known.
The cross section and discussion of the hogwire fence and
sandbag bulkhead (paragraph D-12) would generally apply
here except that no fencing would be used. A possible
section is shown in Figure D-27.
D-20. Gabions
a. General. The use of gabions for revetments was
discussed in paragraph B-20. Gabions can also be
stacked vertically to construct bulkheads. These can be
stepped up a slope, or the structure face can be placed at
a small inclination to increase stability. Toe protection
can be provided by extending baskets out along the bot-
tom a distance sufficient to provide a cutoff in the event
of scour. The structure must be stable against sliding and
rotation considering any eroded depth at the toe.
Figure D-26. Longard tube bulkhead cross section
D-15
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure 27. Stacked bag bulkhead cross section
b. Prototype installations. Details on specific sites
are unavailable. A photo of an unidentified structure is
shown in Figure D-28 along with a possible cross section
in Figure D-29.
Figure D-28. Gabion bulkhead, possibly at Sand Point,
MI
Figure D-29. Gabion bulkhead cross section
D-16
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Appendix E
Sample Problem
E-1. General
The site conditions shown in Figure E-1 are as follows:
design wave height H is 4.20 ft, and design wave period
T is 4.25 sec. A range of possible options will be
considered.
E-2. Selection of Alternatives
a. Revetments. Assume that the existing slope can
be regraded to a 1V on 2H slope for revetment construc-
tion. Armoring options selected from Appendix B will be
riprap, quarrystone, concrete blocks, gabions, and soil
cement.
b. Seawalls. Design wave conditions at this site are
too mild to warrant massive seawall construction.
c. Bulkheads. Full height retention of the bank is
possible using nearly all of the alternatives in
Appendix D. Steel sheetpiling, H-piles and railroad ties,
and gabions will be selected for comparison.
E-3. Revetment Design
a. Breaking wave criteria. Check the given wave
conditions against the maximum breaker height at the site.
d
s
4.91 1.00 3.91 ft
T 4.25 sec
m 0.10 (nearshore bottom slope)
d
s
gT
2
0.0067
from Figure 2-2
Figure E-1. Site conditions for sample problem
E-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
H
b
d
s
1.45
∴ H
b
1.45 × 3.91 5.67 ft > 4.20 ft (H)
∴ Use H 4.20 ft for design
b. Armor size determination.
(1) Riprap.
H 4.20 ft
T 4.25 sec
cot θ 2.0
γ
r
165 lb/ft
3
K
D
2.2 ( Table 2.3)
γ
w
64 lb/ft
3
from Equation 2-15:
W
50
γ
r
H
3
K
D
|

.
`

,
γ
r
γ
w
1
3
cot θ
165 lb/ft
3
4.20 ft
3
2.2
|

.
`

,
165 lb/ft
3
64 lb/ft
3
1
3
2.0
705 lb
Graded riprap this large may be difficult to obtain eco-
nomically. Try rough, angular quarrystone, two layers
thick (n = 2).
(2) Quarrystone.
K
D
2.0 ( Table 2.3)
from Equation 2-15:
W
γ
r
H
3
K
D
|

.
`

,
γ
r
γ
w
1
3
cot θ
165 lb/ft
3
4.20 ft
3
2.0
|

.
`

,
165 lb/ft
3
64 lb/ft
3
1
3
2.0
780 lb
The suggested gradation is 0.75 W to 1.25 W, or 585 lb
to 975 lb with 50 percent > W (780 lb).
From Equation 2-22, the armor layer thickness r for n = 2
is
k

1.00 ( Table 2 4)
r nk

|

.
`

,
W
γ
r
1/3
(2) (1.00)
|

.
`

,
780 lb
165 lb/ft
3
1/3
3.4 ft
From Equation 2-23, the number of quarrystones N
r
per
area (use A = 1,000 ft
2
) is
P 37 percent ( Table 2 4)
N
r
Ank

|

.
`

,
1
P
100
|

.
`

,
γ
r
W
2/3
1,000 ft
2
(2) (1.00)
|

.
`

,
1
37
100
|

.
`

,
165 lb/ft
3
780 lb
2/3
450 stones per 1,000 ft
2
E-2
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
(3) Concrete blocks. The various concrete blocks
shown in Appendix B are suitable for wave heights of 4 ft
and below. For some of them, however, waves larger
than these are at their limit of stability. Due to the cata-
strophic mode of failure of such revetments, the use of a
larger design wave such as H
10
is recommended.
Assuming the design wave is significant wave height H
s
Equation 2-1 gives H
10
as
H
10
≈ 1.27 H
s
≈ (1.27) (4.20 ft) ≈ 5.33 ft
For waves this large, mat-type units are preferred. Indi-
vidually placed blocks should generally be avoided for
large wave heights. However, concrete construction and
concrete control blocks form a deep section that would
probably be stable despite their relatively low weight/unit.
Unfortunately, no reliable stability criteria exist for any of
these units, and selection is purely by the judgment of the
designer.
(4) Other revetment materials. Bags, filled either
with sand or concrete, would probably not be stable under
waves greater than 4 ft high. Gabions, laid on a slope,
would have runup and overtopping values intermediate
between smooth slopes and riprap; 18-in. gabions would
probably be sufficient (size selected by judgment). Soil
cement may be acceptable. Tire mats, landing mats, filter
fabric, and concrete slabs would not be suitable due to the
large wave heights.
c. Filter requirements.
(1) Quarrystone revetment. Assume that an analysis
indicates that a two-stage stone filter will be required
beneath the armor layer. The first underlayer will be
12 in. of crushed stone aggregates; the second layer will
be 12 in. of pea gravel. A filter cloth (EOS = 70) may be
substituted for the pea gravel underlayer.
(2) Block revetment. The block revetment will be
underlain with a filter cloth as described above.
(3) Gabions. Assume that analysis shows that a
single layer of pea gravel (12 in. thick) will be acceptable.
An EOS = 70 filter cloth could also be used.
(4) Soil cement. There is no filtering requirement
except that hydrostatic pressures should be relieved
through regularly spaced drain pipes.
d. Wave runup estimation.
(1) Quarrystone. Assume that the design conditions
given were for significant wave height and peak wave
period in a depth of 15 ft. Use Equation 2-3 to find H
mo
:
H
s
H
mo
exp

]
]
]
]
]
C
0
|

.
`

,
d
gT
2
p
C
1
4.20 ft
H
mo
exp

]
]
]
]
]
0.00089
|

.
`

,
15 ft
32.2 ft/sec
2
(4.25 sec)
2
0.834
4.20 ft
H
mo
1.019
H
mo
4.12 ft
Maximum runup is found from Equations 2-6 and 2-7:
ξ
tanθ
|

.
`

,
2πH
mo
gT
2
p
1/2
0.5

]
]
]
]
(2) (π) (4.12 ft)
32.2 ft/sec
2
(4.25 sec)
2
1/2
2.37
R
max
H
mo

1 bξ
R
max
4.12 ft
(1.022) (2.37)
1 (0.247) (2.37)
1.53
R
max
(4.12 ft) (1.53)
6.29 ft
(2) Blocks. The values shown in Table 2-2 indicate
that runup will be higher for blocks than for quarrystone.
E-3
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
From Table 2-2, assume a value for a slope of cot θ
= 2.0 between the values given for cot θ = 1.5 and cot θ
= 2.5. The adjustment to maximum runup value is made
as follows:
r(blocks) 0.93
r(quarrystone) ≈ 0.61
R
max
(blocks) R
max
(quarrystone)

]
]
]
r(blocks)
r(quarrystone)
6.29 ft
|

.
`

,
0.93
0.61
9.59 ft
(3) Gabions. For runup on gabions, use a runup
correction factor intermediate between quarrystone and
blocks such a r = 0.77. Maximum runup is determined as
above for concrete blocks:
r(gabions) 0.77
r(quarrystone) ≈ 0.61
R
max
(gabions) R
max
(quarrystone)

]
]
]
r(gabions)
r(quarrystone)
6.29 ft
|

.
`

,
0.77
0.61
7.69 ft
(4) Soil cement. Use a riser height of 2.5 ft for a
stepped slope. Runup correction factors in Table 2-2 are
valid for 1 ≤ H
o

/K
r
. H
o

is the deepwater wave height.
Because the design H is assumed to be given in a depth
of 15 ft, the wave will have shoaled from deepwater to
the 15-ft depth. To determine the deepwater wave height,
apply the shoaling coefficient given in Equation 2-44 of
the SPM or use ACES. The wavelength for a 4.25-sec
wave in a 15-ft depth is 77.56 ft (ACES or SPM
Appendix C).
tanh
|

.
`

,
2πd
L
tanh

]
]
]
2π(15 ft)
77.56 ft
0.838
4πd
L
4π(15 ft)
77.56 ft
2.43
sinh
|

.
`

,
4πd
L
sinh(2.43) 5.64
H
H

o
1
tanh
|

.
`

,
2πd
L
1

]
]
]
]
]
]
]
1
|

.
`

,
4πd
L
sinh
|

.
`

,
4πd
L
1
0.838
1

]
]
]
1
2.43
5.64
0.913
H

o
H
0.913
4.20 ft
0.913
4.60 ft
Using K
r
= 2.5 ft,
H

o
K
r
4.60 ft
2.5 ft
1.84
which is within the acceptable range. Therefore, deter-
mine the maximum runup as:
r(vertical risers) 0.75
r(quarrystone) ≈ 0.61
R
max
(vertical risers) R
max
(quarrystone)

]
]
]
r(vertical risers)
r(quarrystone)
6.29 ft
|

.
`

,
0.75
0.61
7.73 ft
(5) Runup summary. The required top elevation to
preclude overtopping is the design water level plus the
predicted runup. These values are given in Table E-1.
The top of the bank is at +11 ft mllw; therefore, overtop-
ping should be considered. A splash apron should be
provided for those alternatives, and drainage of the excess
water may be necessary. Overtopping rates were covered
in paragraph 2-14 and in Section 7.22 of the SPM. These
rates should be determined to properly design any
required drainage features, but this will not be investi-
gated in this example.
E-4
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table E-1
Predicted Runup and Required Crest Elevations for Sample Revetment Options
Structure Water Level, ft Runup, ft Crest Elevation, ft
Quarrystone 4.91 6.29 11.20 ≈ 11.25
Concrete blocks 4.91 9.59 14.50
Gabions 4.91 7.69 12.6 ≈ 12.50
Soil cement 4.91 7.73 12.64 ≈ 12.50
e. Toe scour. The toe scour depth below the natural
bottom will be assumed equal to the wave height. The
toe is exposed at mean lower low water (mllw). The
maximum water depth is 3.91 ft at the design water level.
From paragraph E-3a, the maximum breaker height at the
design water level is 5.67 ft. The depth of toe scour
should be estimated based on a wave larger than the sig-
nificant design wave of 4.20 ft. In paragraph E-3b(3) it
powas found that H
10
= 5.33 ft. Therefore, assume that
the maximum scour depth will be about 5 ft beneath the
existing bottom. This is probably conservative in that it
does not consider structure, shapes, or wave reflection
properties. The minimum predicted scour depths are
shown below in Table E-2. Rock toe protection or struc-
ture embedment will be at least the maximum depth
except in the case of gabions where their flexibility will
be relied on to cut off any toe scour that may occur.
f. Design summary. Design cross sections for each
alternative are shown in Figure E-2. Table E-3 sum-
marizes revetment design data.
E-4. Bulkhead Design
a. Sheetpiling. Cantilever or anchored sections are
chosen based on standard structural design calculations.
Important design considerations are wave runup and toe
protection.
(1) Wave runup. Using SPM Figure 7-14 with
d
s
H

o
3.91 ft
4.60 ft
0.85
H

o
gT
2
4.60 ft
32.2 ft/sec
2
(4.25 sec)
2
0.0079
read from SPM Figure 7-14
R
H

o
1.70
R (H

o
) (1.70) 7.82 ft
Correcting for scale effects with SPM Figure 7-13
R′ (1.21) (7.82 ft) 9.46 ft
The required elevation of the top of the wall is therefore
4.91 ft 9.46 ft 14.37 ft mllw
Table E-2
Estimated Toe Scour Depths for Sample Revetment Options
Scour Depth, ft
Revetment Type Maximum Minimum Reflection Potential
Quarrystone 5.0 2.5 Low
Concrete blocks 5.0 2.5 Low-Moderate
Gabions 5.0 4.0 Moderate-High
Soil cement 5.0 4.0 Moderate-High
E-5
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure E-2. Revetment section alternatives
E-6
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table E-3
Summary of Revetment Design Options
Revetment Type Armor Size
Wave Height
ft
Crest Elevation
Minimum Toe
Scour
ft
Required
ft
Actual
ft
Quarrystone 780 lb 4.20 11.25 11.00 2.5
Concrete blocks Note (1) 5.30 14.50 11.00 2.5
Gabions 18-in. baskets 4.20 12.50 11.00 4.0
Soil cement Note (2) 4.20 12.50 11.00 4.0
(1) Mats of concrete blocks will be used.
(2) Layer thickness will be 2.5 ft.
Because the height of the shoreline is only 11.0 ft mllw,
overtopping will occur and a splash apron should be
provided.
(2) Toe protection. Under design water level condi-
tions the toe will be submerged. The toe stone should be
sized in accordance with Equation 2-15. Use the H
10
wave height of 5.33 ft. Note that the actual slope of the
toe protection would be nearly flat. Using cot θ = 3.0 is
conservative. The suggested gradation would be 0.75 W
to 1.25 W, or 795 lb to 1,325 lb, with 50 percent greater
than W (1,060 lb).
Layer thickness is determined from Equation 2-22 with n
= 2 and k

= 1.00 (Table 2-4).
H
10
5.33 ft
γ
r
165 lb/ft
3
K
D
2.0 (Table 2 3, rough, angular quarrystone)
γ
r
γ
w
165 lb/ft
3
64 lb/ft
3
2.58
cot θ 3.0
W
γ
r
H
3
K
D
|

.
`

,
γ
r
γ
w
1
3
cot θ
165 lb/ft
3
5.33 ft
3
2.0
|

.
`

,
165 lb/ft
3
64 lb/ft
3
1
3
3.0
1,060 lb
r nk

|

.
`

,
W
γ
r
1/3
(2) (1.00)
|

.
`

,
1,060 lb
165 lb/ft
3
1/3
3.7 ft
Assume an anchored section as shown in Figure E-3. The
toe apron should protect the passive earth pressure zone
but should be no less than twice the wave height. The
width of the passive earth pressure zone is
Width K
p
d
e
(2.46) (6.5ft) 16 ft
which assumes a soil φ of 25 deg and a K
p
value of 2.46.
Use a 16-ft toe apron width, as this is longer than twice
the wave height (5.33 ft x 2 = 10.66 ft).
b. Other bulkhead materials. Concrete slabs and
king-piles are probably too expensive for all but very
large installations. Railroad ties and steel H-piles are
acceptable provided marine borer activity can be resisted
by standard creosote-treated ties. The same is true for
other timber structures. Hogwire fencing and sandbags
are suitable for temporary structures, as are used rubber
tires. Used concrete pipes cannot retain the full bluff
height. Gabions can be stacked to almost any height
needed in bluff situations. Figure E-3 contains sections of
a railroad tie and H-pile bulkhead and a gabion bulkhead.
E-7
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Figure E-3. Bulkhead section alternatives
E-8
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Toe protection for the gabion bulkhead should extend
horizontally for one wave height. Use 6 ft, which is the
width of two of the 36-in. baskets shown in Figure E-3.
E-5. Cost Estimates
Cost estimates will be developed for 1,000 lin ft of pro-
tection. These estimates are shown for illustrative pur-
poses only and should not be interpreted as definitive of
costs likely to be encountered at a specific project site.
Costs of various options can vary significantly in different
parts of the country depending on availability of materials
and transportation charges. It is likely that the relative
ranking of options (based on cost) for a particular project
would be entirely different from the one developed here.
a. Revetments. Assume all revetments will be
placed on a 1V to 2H slope achieved by grading the bluff
face. Assume the site preparation costs shown in
Table E-4.
(1) Quarrystone. From paragraph E-3b(2), the layer
thickness is 3.4 ft. The total stone volume is 4,300 yd
3
(including the embedded toe). Underlayers will be 12 in.
of crushed stone over 12 in. of pea gravel or 12 in. of
crushed stone over a filter cloth. Costs of these items are
shown in Table E-5.
(2) Concrete blocks. Use a typical mat material that
is commercially available. Place it over a filter cloth with
Table E-4
Site Preparation Costs for Revetment Alternative
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
Site clearing 0.3 acre 3,000 900
Excavation 3,700 yd
3
2.25 8,325
Grading 2,500 yd
2
0.50 1,250
Total $10,475
Table E-5
Material Costs for Armor Stone Revetment Alternative
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
Armor stone 4,300 yd
3
60.00 258,000
12-in. crushed stone 3,745 yd
2
4.35 16,275
12-in. pea gravel 3,745 yd
2
2.95 11,050
Filter cloth 36,830 ft
2
0.25 9,200
Toe excavation 720 yd
3
2.25 1,625
Total using filter cloth $285,100
a 10-ft-wide splash apron. Item costs are shown in
Table E-6.
(3) Gabions. Use 18-in. baskets with a 9-ft-wide toe
blanket and a 6-ft-wide splash apron. Place them over a
filter cloth or 12 in. of pea gravel. Material costs for this
option are shown in Table E-7.
(4) Soil cement. Place in 31 6-in. lifts, with each
lift being 6 ft wide. Final grading will not be required for
site preparation. Material costs for this option are listed
in Table E-8.
(5) Revetment summary. Table E-9 contains a sum-
mary of initial costs for the four revetment options.
E-9
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table E-6
Material Costs for Concrete Block Revetment Alternative
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
Block mat 43,700 ft
2
3.25 142,025
Filter cloth 43,700 ft
2
0.25 10,925
Toe excavation 720 yd
3
2.25 1,620
Total $154,570
Table E-7
Material Costs for Gabion Revetment Option
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
Gabions 4,155 yd
2
35.00 145,425
12-in. pea gravel 4,155 yd
2
2.95 12,260
Filter cloth 37,400 ft
2
0.25 9,350
Total using filter cloth $154,775
Table E-8
Material Costs for Soil-Cement Revetment Option
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
Backfill 3,700 yd
3
1.00 3,700
Soil-cement treatment 20,665 yd
2
2.90 59,930
Compaction 3,700 yd
3
4.00 14,800
Toe excavation 1,000 yd
3
2.25 2,250
Total $80,680
Table E-9
Summary of Initial Costs for the Revetment Options
Option Site Preparation, $ Construction, $ Total Cost, $
Quarrystone 10,475 285,100 295,575
Concrete blocks 10,475 154,570 165,045
Gabions 10,475 154,775 165,250
Soil cement 9,225 80,680 89,905
E-10
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
b. Bulkheads. Assume only site clearing is required
for preparation. From Table E-4, total site preparation
cost is $900.
(1) Steel sheetpiling. Assume a 10-ft height plus a
6.5-ft embedded length for an anchored wall. Use
1,055-lb stones for toe protection. Material costs are
listed in Table E-10.
(2) Railroad ties and steel H-piles. Use 1,055-lb
stones for toe and splash protection. Material costs are
listed in Table E-11.
(3) Gabions. Use 36-in. baskets with a 9-ft toe blan-
ket and a 6-ft splash apron of 18-in. baskets. Material
costs are listed in Table E-12.
(4) Bulkhead summary. Table E-13 contains a sum-
mary of initial costs for the three bulkhead options.
c. Annual costs. Compute annual costs based on a
federal discount rate (7-7/8 percent for this example) and
annual maintenance costs equal to the given percentage of
the initial cost. All options are based on a 50-yr life.
The annual costs are summarized in Table E-14.
d. Summary. Based on total annual costs, the gabion
bulkhead would be most economical at this site, followed
closely by the soil-cement revetment. The environmental
and social impacts must also be considered before a final
design is selected.
Table E-10
Material Costs for Steel Sheetpile Bulkhead Option
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
Sheetpiling 16,500 ft
2
11.00 181,500
10-ft anchor piles and anchor rods 200 ft 14.00 2,800
Toe protection 2,975 yd
3
60.00 178,500
Splash apron 820 yd
3
60.00 49,200
Filter cloth 26,000 ft
2
0.25 6,500
Backfill 100 yd
3
1.00 100
Total $418,600
Table E-11
Material Costs for Railroad Ties and Steel H-Pile Bulkhead Option
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
25-ft steel H-piles 117 ea 500.00 58,500
Railroad ties 1,950 ea 40.00 78,000
Filter cloth 1,000 ft
2
0.25 250
Backfill 100 yd
3
1.00 100
Toe protection 2,975 yd
3
60.00 178,500
Splash apron 820 yd
3
60.00 49,200
Total $364,550
E-11
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Table E-12
Material Costs for Gabion Bulkhead Option
Item Quantity Unit Cost, $ Total Cost, $
Gabions, 36-in. baskets 2,000 yd
3
60.00 120,000
Gabions, 18-in. baskets 670 yd
2
35.00 23,450
Filter cloth 31,650 ft
2
0.25 7,925
Backfill 100 yd
3
1.00 100
Total $151,475
Table E-13
Summary of Initial Costs for the Bulkhead Options
Option Site Preparation, $ Construction, $ Total Cost, $
Steel sheetpiling 900 418,600 419,500
Railroad ties and steel H-piles 900 364,550 365,450
Gabions 900 151,475 152,375
Table E-14
Summary of Annual Costs for Revetment and Bulkhead Options
Option Total Initial
Cost, $
Capital Recovery
Cost, $
Maintenance
(Annual %)
Annual Maintenance
Cost, $
Total Annual
Cost, $
Revetments
Quarrystone 295,575 23,270 1 2,955 26,225
Concrete blocks 165,045 12,910 5 8,250 21,160
Gabions 165,250 12,930 5 8,260 21,190
Soil-cement 89,905 7,030 15 13,490 20,520
Bulkheads
Steel sheetpiling 419,500 32,820 1 4,200 37,020
Railroad ties and
steel H-piles
365,450 28,590 5 18,270 46,860
Gabions 152,375 11,920 5 7,620 19,540
E-12
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Appendix F
Glossary
Symbol Units Term
a Regression coefficient
b Regression coefficient
B ft Minimum toe apron depth
C
0
Regression coefficient
C
1
Regression coefficient
C
2
Regression coefficient
d
e
ft Embedment depth below the
natural bottom for a sheetpile
bulkhead
d
s
ft Water depth at a structure
d
1
ft Vertical distance from the still-
water level to the top of the toe
stone
d
15
ft, mm 15 percent passing size of a soil
or rock gradation
d
50
ft, mm Equivalent spherical diameter of
the median particle in a
gradation
d
85
ft, mm 85 percent passing size of a soil
or rock gradation
h ft Height of a structure crest
above the bottom
h
s
ft Height of a bulkhead crest
above the original existing
bottom
H ft (a) Wave height
(b) Horizontal dimension used
in designating slope
H
b
ft Maximum breaker height
H
D=0
ft Zero-damage wave height for
armor stability determination
Symbol Units Term
H
mo
ft Wave height of zeroth moment
of wave spectrum
H
o

ft Unrefracted deepwater wave
height
H
s
ft Significant wave height
H
1
ft Average of highest 1 percent of
all waves
H
10
ft Average of highest 10 percent
of all waves
i in./in. Hydraulic gradient
i
1
in./in. Hydraulic gradient through filter
fabric and the 1 in. of soil
immediately above it
i
2
in./in. Hydraulic gradient through soil
located between 1 and 3 in.
above filter fabric
k

Empirical armor layer thickness
K
D
Empirical armor unit stability
coefficient
K
r
ft Characteristic armor unit size
K
1
Empirical toe stone stability
coefficient
L
o
ft Deepwater wavelength
m ft/ft Nearshore bottom slope (ratio
of H/V)
n Number of equivalent spherical
diameters of armor stone
corresponding to the median
stone weight that could fit
within the layer thickness
N
r
Number of armor stones per
unit surface area
P Porosity of an armor layer
Q cfs/ft Wave overtopping rate
F-1
EM 1110-2-1614
30 Jun 95
Symbol Units Term
r ft (a) Armor unit layer thickness
( b) Rough s l ope r unup
correction factor
r
min
ft Minimum rirap layer thickness
R ft Wave runup height above the
still water level
R
max
ft Maximum wave runup height
above the still water level
S
r
Specific gravity of armor unit
T sec Wave period
T
p
sec Wave period of peak energy
density of the wave spectrum
T
s
sec Average wave period of highest
1/3 of all waves
T
z
sec Average wave period of a wave
spectrum
V ft (a) Vertical dimension of a
slope
ft/sec (b) Current velocity across the
toe of a structure
W lb Armor unit weight
W
15
lb 15 percent passing size of a
riprap gradation
Symbol Units Term
W
15 max
lb Upper limit of the W
15
stone
weight for a riprap gradation
W
15 min
lb Lower limit of the W
15
stone
weight for a riprap gradation
W
50
lb Median stone weight of a riprap
gradation
W
50 max
lb Maximum median stone weight
of a riprap gradation
W
50 min
lb Minimum median stone weight
of a riprap gradation
W
100
lb Largest permissible stone
weight within a riprap gradation
W
100 max
lb Upper limit of the W
100
stone
weight of a riprap gradation
W
100 min
lb Lower limit of the W
100
stone
weight of a riprap gradation
γ
r
lb/ft
3
Unit weight of armor stone or
armor unit
γ
w
lb/ft
3
Unit weight of water
θ deg, rad Angle of a slope measured from
the horizontal
φ deg Angle of internal friction of soil
or rubble
F-2

EM 1110-2-1614 30 June 1995

US Army Corps of Engineers ENGINEERING AND DESIGN

Design of Coastal Revetments, Seawalls, and Bulkheads

ENGINEER MANUAL

CECW-EH-D
Manual No. 1110-2-1614

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Washington, DC 20314-1000

EM 1110-2-1614

30 June 1995

Engineering and Design DESIGN OF COASTAL REVETMENTS, SEAWALLS, AND BULKHEADS

1. Purpose. This manual provides guidance for the design of coastal revetment, seawalls, and

bulkheads.
2. Applicability. This manual applies to HQUSACE elements, major subordinate commands (MSC),

districts, laboratories, and field operating activities (FOA) having civil works responsibilities.
3. Discussion. In areas subject to wind-driven waves and surge, structures such as revetments, seawalls, and bulkheads are commonly employed either to combat erosion or to maintain development at an advanced position from the natural shoreline. Proper performance of such structures is predicated on close adherence to established design guidance. This manual presents important design considerations and describes commonly available materials and structural components. All applicable design guidance must be applied to avoid poor performance or failure. Study of all available structural materials can lead, under some conditions, to innovative designs at significant cost savings for civil works projects.

FOR THE COMMANDER:

This manual supersedes EM 1110-2-1614, dated 30 April 1985.

CECW-EH-D
Manual No. 1110-2-1614

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Washington, DC 20314-1000

EM 1110-2-1614

30 June 1995

Engineering and Design DESIGN OF COASTAL REVETMENTS, SEAWALLS, AND BULKHEADS

Table of Contents
Subject Paragraph Page Subject Paragraph Page

Chapter 1 Introduction Purpose . . . . Applicability . References . . Background . . Discussion . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5

1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1

Chapter 2 Functional Design Shoreline Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shoreline Form and Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seasonal Variations of Shoreline Profiles . . . . . . . . . Design Conditions for Protective Measures . . . . . . . Design Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . Design Wave Estimation . . . . . . . . Wave Height and Period Variability and Significant Waves . . . . . . . . Wave Gauges and Visual Observations . . . . . . . . . . Wave Hindcasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wave Forecasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Breaking Waves . . . . . . . . . . . . . Height of Protection . . . . . . . . . . . Wave Runup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wave Overtopping . . . . . . . . . . . . Stability and Flexibility . . . . . . . . Armor Unit Stability . . . . . . . . . . Layer Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reserve Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toe Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flank Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . 2-1 . . 2-2 . . 2-3 . . 2-4 . . 2-5 . . 2-6 . . 2-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22

2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-6 2-8 2-8 2-10 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-16 2-16

Freeze-Thaw Cycles . . . . . . Marine Borer Activity . . . . Ultraviolet Light . . . . . . . . Abrasion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vandalism and Theft . . . . . Geotechnical Considerations Wave Forces . . . . . . . . . . . Impact Forces . . . . . . . . . . Ice Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Model Tests . . . . Two-Dimensional Models . . Three-Dimensional Models . Previous Tests . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-23 2-24 2-25 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-34 2-35

2-17 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-21

Chapter 3 Revetments General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Armor Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Design Procedure Checklist . . . . . . . 3-3 Chapter 4 Seawalls General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete Seawalls . . . . . . Rubble-Mound Seawalls . . Design Procedure Checklist

3-1 3-1 3-1

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4

4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1

Chapter 5 Bulkheads General 5-1 Structural Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Design Procedure Checklist . . . . . . . 5-3 Chapter 6 Environmental Impacts General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Physical Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

5-1 5-1 5-1

6-1 6-1 i

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95
Subject Paragraph Page Subject Paragraph Page

Water Quality Impacts . . Biological Impacts . . . . . Short-term Impacts . . . . . Long-term Impacts . . . . . Socioeconomic and Cultural Impacts . . . . . Evaluation of Alternatives Appendix A References Appendix B Revetments

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6

6-1 6-1 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2

Appendix C Seawalls Appendix D Bulkheads Appendix E Sample Problem Appendix F Glossary

. . . . . . . . . 6-7 . . . . . . . . . 6-8

ii

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 List of Figures
Figure Page Figure Page

2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 3-1 3-2 4-1 4-2 5-1 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-10

B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15

Monthly lake level forecast . . . . . . Design breaker height . . . . . . . . . . Surf parameter and breaking wave types . . . . . . . . . . Revetment toe protection . . . . . . . . Seawall and bulkhead toe protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toe aprons for sheet-pile bulkheads . Value of Ns, toe protection design for vertical walls . . . . . . . . Use of filter cloth under revetment and toe protection stone . . . . . . . . Breaking wave pressures on a vertical wall . . . . . . . . . . . . Wave pressure from broken waves . Typical revetment section . . . . . . . . Summary of revetment alternatives . Typical concrete seawall sections . . Summary of seawall alternatives . . . Summary of bulkhead alternatives . . Quarrystone revetment at Tawas Point, Michigan . . . . . . . . Quarrystone revetment cross section Large stone overlay revetment at Oahe Reservoir, SD . . . . . . . . . Large stone overlay revetment cross section . . . . . . . . Field stone revetment at Kekaha Beach, Kauai, HI . . . . . . . Field stone revetment cross section . Broken concrete revetment at Shore Acres, TX . . . . . . . . . . . Broken concrete revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Asphaltic concrete revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete tribars (armor unit) test section at CERC, Fort Belvoir, VA . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete tribar revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Formed concrete revetment, Pioneer Point, MD . . . . . . . . . . . Formed concrete revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete revetment blocks . . . . . . . Gobi block revetment, Holly Beach, LA . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . 2-3 . . . 2-5 . . . 2-6 . . . 2-13 . . . 2-14 . . . 2-15 . . . 2-15 . . . 2-16

B-16 B-17 B-18 B-19 B-20 B-21

B-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 2-20 3-1 3-2 4-1 4-1 5-2 B-23 B-24 B-25 B-26 . . . B-1 . . . B-1 . . . B-2 . . . B-3 . . . B-3 . . . B-4 . . . B-5 B-32 . . . B-5 B-33 . . . B-6 B-34 . . . B-7 . . . B-7 . . . B-8 B-39 . . . B-8 . . . B-9 . . . B-10 B-40 B-41 B-35 B-36 B-37 B-38 B-27 B-28 B-29 B-30 B-31

Gobi block revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turf block revetment, Port Wing, WI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turf block revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nami Ring revetment, Little Girls Point, MI . . . . . . . . . Nami Ring revetment cross section . Concrete construction block revetment, Fontainebleau State Park, LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete construction block revetment cross section . . . . . . . . Detail of erosion of concrete control blocks . . . . . . . . Concrete control block revetment, Port Wing, WI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concrete control block revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shiplap block revetment, Benedict, MD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shiplap block revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lok-Gard block revetment, Jensen Beach Causeway, FL . . . . . . . . . Lok-Gard block revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terrafix block revetment, Two Mile, FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terrafix block revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabriform revetment, location unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabriform revetment cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bag revetment at Oak Harbor, WA . . . . . . . . . . . . Bag revetment cross section . . . . . Gabion revetment, Oak Harbor, WA Gabion revetment cross section . . . Steel fuel barrel revetment, Kotzebue, AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel fuel barrel revetment plan and cross section . . . . . . . . Fabric revetments, Fontainebleau State Park, LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabric revetment cross section . . . .

. . . B-10 . . . B-11 . . . B-11 . . . B-12 . . . B-12

. . . B-13 . . . B-13 . . . B-14 . . . B-14 . . . B-15 . . . B-15 . . . B-16 . . . B-16 . . . B-17 . . . B-17 . . . B-18 . . . B-18 . . . B-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20 B-20 B-22 B-22

. . . B-23 . . . B-23 . . . B-25 . . . B-25

iii

. WA . . . . Gabion bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . . . SC . . Folly Beach. . . . . . Ashland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4 D-23 . TX . . Sheet-pile bulkhead. . . . . . . Concrete sheet-pile bulkhead. . . . . . . . . D-12 . D-16 D-16 E-1 E-6 E-8 iv . . . . LA . Hogwire fence and sandbag bulkhead. Oak Harbor. . . . . B-27 . . MI . . . . . . . . . . . Longard tube bulkhead. . . . . . . . . . . . . .and curved-face seawall. . . . . . . . Basin Bayou Recreation Area. . . . . . C-2 . . . . . . . . . Windrow revetment . Cellular steel sheet-pile bulkhead. . . . Combination stepped. .and curved-face seawall cross section . . . . . . Curved-face seawall cross section . Stepped-face seawall cross section . . . . . . . Treated timber bulkhead cross section . . . . . Aluminum sheet-pile bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . D-6 D-29 E-1 E-2 E-3 Railroad ties and steel H-pile bulkhead. . . . Oak Harbor. . . . . . Landing mat revetment . . possibly in Sand Point. . . . . . . D-4 . . . D-8 . . Used concrete pipe bulkhead. D-13 . C-3 D-20 . . D-15 . Soil cement revetment. . . . . . possibly at Fort Story. . . . . . . WA . . C-2 . . . . . Tire mattress revetment. . D-5 . . D-15 . . . B-26 D-12 . . . . D-16 . Rubble-mound seawall cross section . . plan and cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bonny Dam. . . Fernandina Beach. . . D-3 D-26 . Harrison County. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX . Gabion bulkhead. . . . . . . Timber sheet-pile bulkhead. . . . . CA . . . Beach City. . . . D-5 . . Untreated log bulkhead. . . . . Tire mattress revetment cross section . . . . . FL . . . Steel sheet-pile bulkhead cross-section . . . . Soil cement revetment cross section . . . . . . Stepped-face seawall. . . . . D-11 . CA . B-26 D-11 . . . . . . . . . WI . . . San Francisco. . . . . . Protective vegetative plantings . . . . . . . . . Used concrete pipe bulkhead cross section . . D-9 . WI Railroad ties and steel H-pile bulkhead cross section . . . . . . Fontainebleau State Park. . . . D-9 . . . . . . . . Rubble-mound seawall. . . . . . . . . . . Concrete slab revetment cross section . . . . Longard tube bulkhead cross section . . . . Concrete slab and king-pile bulkhead . . Alameda. . Lincoln Township. Stacked rubber tire bulkhead. . . . . . . . . . FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MI . D-10 . D-7 . . VA . . . . . . C-3 D-21 . . . . . . . D-11 . . Hogwire fence and sandbag bulkhead cross section . . . CO . D-4 D-28 . . . . . MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timber crib bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . . . Untreated log bulkhead cross section . . . . . . Port Wing. . . . . . . . . . D-2 D-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treated timber bulkhead. . . Bulkhead section alternatives . Combination stepped. . . Site conditions for sample problem Revetment section alternatives . . . Oak Harbor. . . . . . . . B-28 . . . . Used rubber tire and timber post bulkhead cross section . . . . .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure Page Figure Page B-42 B-43 B-44 B-45 B-46 B-47 B-48 B-49 B-50 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 D-8 D-9 Concrete slab revetment. . . . Port Wing. . . . . . . D-10 . . . . . Stacked bag bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . . D-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Construction details of timber sheet pile bulkhead . . Used rubber tire and timber post bulkhead. . . . D-8 . . . . . D-13 . . . D-10 . . Curved-face seawall Galveston. . . WI . C-4 D-22 . B-27 . . . . . . . . B-28 B-28 B-29 B-30 C-1 C-1 D-13 D-14 D-15 D-16 D-17 D-18 D-19 . . D-12 . D-3 D-27 . . . . WA . . D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 D-24 . . . . Concrete slab and king-pile bulkhead cross section . . . . . . . . . . Stacked rubber tire bulkhead cross section . . .

. . Suggested Values for Use in Determining Armor Weight (Breaking Wave Conditions) . . . 2-17 E-9 E-10 . 2-9 E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . Material Costs for Armor Stone Revetment Alternative . Material Costs for SoilCement Revetment Option . . . and Tz . . . . . . 2-7 E-4 E-5 E-6 . . . . Summary of Annual Costs for Revetment and Bulkhead Options . . . . H/HD=0 for Cover Layer Damage Levels for Various Armor Types . . . . E-11 . . Ts. . . . . Material Costs for Railroad Ties and Steel H-Pile Bulkhead Option Material Costs for Gabion Bulkhead Option . B-15 E-11 E-12 . . and Bulkheads . . . . E-5 E-14 . Shiplap Block Weights . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 . . . . . . Predicted Runup and Required Crest Elevations for Sample Revetments Options . . . . Summary of Initial Costs for the Revetment Options . . . . . . E-9 . . . Rough Slope Runup Correction Factors . . . Environmental Design Considerations for Revetments. . . E-7 Site Preparation Costs for Revetment Alternative . . . . E-5 E-13 . Summary of Revetment Design Options . . . . Summary of Initial Costs for the Bulkhead Options . . E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10 . . . . . . . 2-11 E-8 . . . . . . E-12 . Material Costs for Concrete Block Revetment Alternative .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 List of Tables Table Page Table Page 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 6-1 B-1 E-1 E-2 E-3 Relationships Among Tp. Seawalls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10 . . E-10 . . Galvanic Series in Seawater . . . Estimated Toe Scour Depths for Sample Revetment Options . . Layer Coefficients and Porosity for Various Armor Units . . . . . E-10 . . . . E-12 v . . . . E-12 . . . . 2-11 . . Material Costs for Gabion Revetment Option . . . . . . . . . E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 . Material Costs for Steel Sheetpile Bulkhead Option . . . .

Bibliographic items are cited in the text by author and year of publication. Final design of large projects usually requires verification by hydraulic model studies. 1-3. If any reference item contains information conflicting with this manual. and field operating activities having civil works responsibilities. Toe protection is needed to provide stability against undermining at the bottom of the structure. Revetments are generally constructed of durable stone or other materials that will provide sufficient armoring for protected slopes. They consist of an armor layer. or stepped seaward faces. Bulkheads may be either cantilevered or anchored (like sheetpiling) or gravity structures (such as rock-filled timber cribs). major subordinate commands. filter layer(s). and toe protection. Their use is limited to those areas where wave action can be resisted by such materials. b. bulkheads. In areas of intense wave action. 1-1 . Vertical structures are classified as either seawalls or bulkheads. Discussion The designer is responsible for developing a suitable solution which is economical and achieves the project’s purpose (see EM 1110-2-3300). provisions of this manual govern. seawalls. stepped.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Chapter 1 Introduction 1-1. Revetments. however. The armor layer may be a random mass of stone or concrete rubble or a well-ordered array of structural elements that interlock to form a geometric pattern. However. 1-2. when using this manual for anything beyond preliminary design in which the primary goal is cost estimating and screening of alternatives. Disadvantages. and bulkheads. 1-5. are more massive structures whose primary purpose is interception of waves. This problem is most prevalent for vertical structures that are nearly perfect wave reflectors and is progressively less prevalent for curved. a bulkhead is primarily intended to retain or prevent sliding of the land. Bulkheads and seawalls. a. Model studies should be conducted for all but small projects where limited budgets control and the consequences of failure are not serious. districts. and seawalls mainly protect only the upland area behind them. Seawalls. laboratories. Caution should be exercised. with full references listed in Appendix A. c. according to their function. The terms bulkhead and seawall are often used interchangeably. while protective materials laid on slopes are called revetments. while protecting the upland area against wave action is of secondary importance. and rough inclined structures that absorb or dissipate increasing amounts of wave energy. Purpose This manual provides guidance for the design of coastal revetments. 1-4. Background Structures are often needed along either bluff or beach shorelines to provide protection from wave action or to retain in situ soil or fill. References Required and related publications are listed in Appendix A. The construction costs of large projects offer considerable opportunities for refinements and possible cost savings as a result of model studies. The filter assures drainage and retention of the underlying soil. These may have either vertical. massive concrete seawalls are generally required. concave. on the other hand. Applicability This manual applies to HQUSACE elements. Revetments. All share the disadvantage of being potential wave reflectors that can erode a beach fronting the structure.

by methods described in Chapter 3 of the Shore Protection Manual (SPM). Bulkheads are required. Bluff shorelines. c. ports were analyzed in Harris (1981) with probability density functions of water levels summarized in a series of graphs and tables. Shoreline Use Some structures are better suited than others for particular shoreline uses.. an important consideration is whether wave reflections may erode the fronting beach. Bluff shorelines that are composed of cohesive or granular materials may fail because of scour at the toe or because of slope instabilities aggravated by poor drainage conditions. Water levels on the Great Lakes are subject to both periodic and nonperiodic changes. the amount of runup to be expected. Changes in water level are caused by astronomical tides with an additional possible component due to meteorological factors (wind setup and pressure effects). infiltration. however.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Chapter 2 Functional Design 2-4. 2-3. Some models can be applied to open coast studies. b. and.S. The numerical models are usually justified only for large projects. Cantilevered or anchored bulkheads can protect against toe scour and. can be used under some conditions to prevent sliding along subsurface critical failure planes. b. the depth of the critical failure surface. 2-2. loss of life or inordinate loss of money). or it must be shown that an appropriate allowance has been made for deterioration (damage prevention adjusted accordingly and rehabilitation costs amortized if indicated). and bulkheads can all be used to protect backshore developments along beach shorelines. Shoreline Form and Composition a. Seawalls and bulkheads can also create an access problem that may require the building of stairs. Revetments. Gravity bulkheads and seawalls can provide toe protection for bluffs but have limited applicability where other slope stability problems are present. Beach shorelines.e. Similar tables are available for the Atlantic Coast in Ebersole (1982) which also includes estimates of storm surge values. Lake levels (particularly Ontario and Superior) are also partially 2-1. 2-1 . the design must successfully withstand conditions which have a 50 percent probability of being exceeded during the project’s economic life. seawalls. to some extent. Storm surge can be estimated by statistical analysis of historical records. Care must be taken in design to ascertain the relative importance of toe scour and other factors leading to slope instability. Design Conditions for Protective Measures Structures must withstand the greatest conditions for which damage prevention is claimed in the project plan. a. or through the use of numerical models. such as for use by boaters. Seasonal Variations of Shoreline Profiles Beach recession in winter and growth in summer can be estimated by periodic site inspections and by computed variations in seasonal beach profiles. All elements must perform satisfactorily (no damage exceeding ordinary maintenance) up to this condition. The extent of winter beach profile lowering will be a contributing factor in determining the type and extent of needed toe protection. The most obvious limiting factor is the height of the bluff. where some depth of water is needed directly at the shore. Storm surge. Design Water Levels The maximum water level is needed to estimate the maximum breaking wave height at the structure. The statistical characteristics of astronomical tides at various U. and reduction of effective stresses due to seepage forces. As a minimum. In addition. while others can be used for bays and estuaries where the effects of inundation must be considered. Exceptions occur in cases where full height retention is provided for low bluffs and where the retained soil behind a bulkhead at the toe of a higher bluff can provide sufficient weight to help counterbalance the active thrust of the bluff materials. 2-5. Records dating from 1836 reveal seasonal and annual changes due to variations in precipitation. being embedded. and the required crest elevation of the structure. Minimum expected water levels play an important role in anticipating the amount of toe scour that may occur and the depth to which the armor layer should extend. Lake levels. which determines the magnitude of the earth pressures that must be resisted. Astronomical tides. As described in paragraph 1-4c. Revetments of randomly placed stone may hinder access to a beach. failure of the project during probable maximum conditions should not result in a catastrophe (i. Predicted tide levels are published annually by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). while smooth revetments built with concrete blocks generally present little difficulty for walkers.

However. visual observations of wave action. average period of the one-third highest waves). The significant wave height.e. Wave characteristics derived from such methods may be for deepwater locations and must be transformed to the structure site using refraction and diffraction techniques as described in the SPM. The following equation may be used to equate Hs from energy-based wave parameters (Hughes and Borgman 1987): 2-2 . Rough guidance on the relationship among these wave periods is given in Table 2.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 controlled by regulatory works operated jointly by Canadian and U. Wave period for spectral wave conditions is typically given as period of the peak energy density of the spectrum. 2-7. authorities. c. Tp. Design Wave Estimation Wave heights and periods should be chosen to produce the most critical combination of forces on a structure with due consideration of the economic life. and hazard for events that may exceed the design conditions (see paragraph 2-4). 1989). The wave height to be used for stability considerations depends on whether the C0. b. Other wave heights such as H10 and H1 can also be designated. Hs and Hmo are about equal. however. respectively d = water depth at point in question (i. wave forecasts. Wave Height and Period Variability and Significant Waves a.67 Hs (2-2) (2-1) (3) In shallow water. Hs is estimated from deepwater conditions using the irregular wave shoaling and breaking model of Goda (1975. Wave height. Wave characteristics may be based on an analysis of wave gauge records.00089 and 0. which gives a reasonable upper envelope for the data in Hughes and Borgman. By assuming a Rayleigh distribution. In deep water. or the maximum breaking wave at the site. Hmo. Goda (1985) recommends for the design of rubble structures that if the depth is less than one-half the deepwater significant wave height. then design should be based on the significant wave height at a depth equal to one-half the significant deepwater wave height. they may be significantly different in shallow water due to shoaling (Thompson and Vincent 1985). Six-month forecasts of lake levels are published monthly by the Detroit District (Figure 2-1). published wave hindcasts. it is not uncommon to find references and design formulae based on the average wave period (Tz) or the significant wave period (Ts . or where there is substantial wave breaking.S. toe of structure) = acceleration of gravity = period of peak energy density of the wave spectrum    d   exp C0   gT 2  p    C1 Hs Hmo where      (2-3) g Tp A conservative value of Hs may be obtained by using 0.00136 for C0. 1985) which is available as part of the Automated Coastal Engineering System (ACES) package (Leenknecht et al.27 Hs and H1 ≈ 1.. Stability considerations. structural integrity. it can be stated that H10 ≈ 1. and H1 is the average of the highest 1 percent of all waves.834. Equation 2-3 should not be used for d g Tp 2 < 0. These tend to minimize water level variations in those lakes. 2-6. (1) A given wave train contains individual waves of varying height and period. Wave period. C1 = regression coefficients given as 0. where H10 is the average of the highest 10 percent of all waves. Hs.0005 (2-4) (2) Available wave information is frequently given as the energy-based height of the zeroth moment. is defined as the average height of the highest one-third of all the waves in a wave train.1. Wave analyses may have to be performed for extreme high and low design water levels and for one or more intermediate levels to determine the critical design conditions.

Flexible structures are usually designed for Hs or H10.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure 2-1. In addition. or flexible. Project funding 2-3 . semirigid. Monthly lake level forecast structure is rigid. including no damage. existing gauge data are sometimes analog records which have not been analyzed and that are difficult to process. Semirigid structures may warrant a design wave between H1 and H10. Wave Gauges and Visual Observations Available wave data for use by designers is often sparse and limited to specific sites. 2-8. Stability coefficients are coupled with these wave heights to develop various degrees of damage. Rigid structures that could fail catastrophically if overstressed may warrant design based on H1.

2-12. one must consider the maximum water level. Corson et al. and wave runup and overtopping.10 Lp tanh   L   p  Hmo (2-5) max where Lp is wavelength calculated using Tp and d. They give wave heights and periods as a function of season. freeboard. Wave Hindcasts Designers should use the simple hindcasting methods in ACES (Leenknecht et al.S. direction of wave approach. Hmo may be limited by breaking wave conditions.74 0. the Corps hindcasts waves for project design. Design wave heights. therefore. Specific applications depend on available wind data as well as bathymetry and topography. will be the smaller of the maximum breaker height or the hindcast wave height. and are sometimes difficult to extrapolate to other sites along the coast. as a function of the depth at the structure. and wave period as a function of wave height and approach angle. and the Navy forecasts waves to plan naval operations. m. 2-9.S.96 Comments Severe surf zone conditions 1 γ NA 1. Wave Forecasts Wave forecasts can be performed using the same methodologies as those for the wave hindcasts. Breaking Waves a. and wave period. coastal waters using numerical models. Figure 2-2 (Weggel 1972) gives the maximum breaker height. but they have questionable accuracy. Note that it is not the distance measured along the inclined surface. Normally. For the severe conditions commonly used for design. 1981) for U. wave height as a function of return period and seasons combined. Visual observations from shoreline points are convenient and inexpensive. Contact the Coastal Engineering Research Center (CERC) at WES for guidance in special cases.88 0.67 0. These later results are presented in a series of tables for each of the U. any anticipated structure settlement.0 Pierson-Moskowitz spectrum2 Typical JONSWAP spectrum2 Swell from distant storms 2 Developed from data in Ahrens (1987). coasts. A visual wave observation program is described in Schneider (1981).80 0.93 0.S. Wave Runup Runup is the vertical height above the still-water level (swl) to which the uprush from a wave will rise on a structure. 2-4 . Wave heights derived from a hindcast should be checked against the maximum breaking wave that can be supported at the site given the available depth at the design still-water level and the nearshore bottom slope. Several other models exist for either shallow or deep water. nearshore bottom slope. 1989) and hindcasts developed by the U. A reasonable upper bound for Hmo is given by   2πd 0.3 10. Engineers should stay abreast of developments and choose the best method for a given analysis. are often skewed by the omission of extreme events. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station (WES) (Resio and Vincent 1976-1978.0 3. b. Problems with shipboard observations are similar to shore observations. ds . Ts. Height of Protection When selecting the height of protection. and return period. and Tz Tz /Tp 0. Developed from Goda (1987).87 1 2 Ts /Tp 0. 2-11. Hb. 2-10. and time constraints may prohibit the establishment of a viable gauging program that would provide sufficient digital data for reliable study.80 0. 2-13. T.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Table 2-1 Relationships among Tp.

Design breaker height a. respectively ξ= ξ (2-6) surf parameter defined by tan θ  2 π Hmo 1/2    gT 2  p   (2-7) (1) Maximum runup by irregular waves on riprapcovered revetments may be estimated by (Ahrens and Heimbaugh 1988) Rmax Hmo where Rmax = maximum vertical height of the runup above the swl aξ 1 bξ where θ is the angle of the revetment slope with the horizontal. b = regression coefficients determined as 1. a. Rough slope runup. Recalling that the deepwater wavelength may be determined by 2-5 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure 2-2.022 and 0.247.

however. Maximum runup may be estimated by using Equation 2-6 and converting the estimate to smooth slope by dividing the result by the quarrystone rough slope correction factor in Table 2-2.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 g Tp 2π 2 Lo (2-8) the surf parameter is seen to be the ratio of revetment slope to square root of wave steepness. Table 2-2 was developed for earlier estimates of runup based on monochromatic wave data and smooth slopes. In some cases. F′ in Equation 2-9 is dimensionless freeboard defined as 2-6 . Using Hs for wave height with the design curves will yield runup estimates that may be exceeded by as much as 50 percent by waves in the wave train with heights greater than Hs. Runup values for smooth slopes may be found in design curves in the SPM. Maximum runups determined using this more conservative value for a provide a reasonable upper limit to the data from which the equation was developed. prohibitive costs or other considerations may dictate lower structures than ideally needed. Wave overtopping of riprap revetments may be estimated from the dimensionless equation (Ward 1992) (2-9) Figure 2-3. However. the smooth slope runup curves in the SPM were based on monochromatic wave tests rather than more realistic irregular wave conditions.60) = 1.25. b. The surf parameter is useful in defining the type of breaking wave conditions expected on the structure. Runup on walls. 2-14. as shown in Figure 2-3. To use the correction factors in Table 2-2 with the irregular wave rough slope runup estimates of Equation 2-6. In those cases it may be necessary to estimate the volume of water per unit time that may overtop the structure. For example. Rmax in Equation 2-6 by the correction factor listed in Table 2-2. (3) Runup estimates for revetments covered with materials other than riprap may be obtained with the rough slope correction factors in Table 2-2. Smooth slope runup. b. such as cfs/ft. It is generally preferable to design shore protection structures to be high enough to preclude overtopping.286 for a in Equation 2-6. c. Rmax for the stepped slope is seen to be 25 percent greater than for a riprap slope. Runup determinations for vertical and curved-face walls should be made using the guidance given in the SPM.5 slope with vertical risers.75/0. multiply Q′ C0 e C1 F′ e C2 m where Q′ is dimensionless overtopping defined as Q′ Q g Hmo 3 1/2 (2-10) where Q is dimensional overtopping in consistent units. Wave Overtopping a. Surf parameter and breaking wave types (2) A more conservative value for Rmax is obtained by using 1. determine Rmax by Equation 2-6 and multiply by (correction factor for stepped slope/correction factor for quarrystone) (0. to estimate Rmax for a stepped 1:1. and divide by the correction factor for quarrystone.

45 0.0 1.75 0.86 1 ≤ Ho’/Krd d r d r 1.43.338 7.b 3 to 4 3 to 4 3 to 4 3 4 5 6b 1 ≤ Ho’/K 1 ≤ Ho’/K 1 ≤ Ho’/K d r Correction Factor r 0. for armor units.0 3.5 2.45 0. For bulkheads and simple vertical seawalls with no fronting revetment and a small parapet at the crest.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Table 2-2 Rough Slope Runup Correction Factors (Carstea et al.45 0.5 5 5 5 Any 1.0 0. c. and the local wave height.63 0.93 0.5.60 0. d Kr is the riser height.3 to 3. the overtopping rate may be calculated from    F C0 exp C1 F′ C2     d    s  Q′ (2-13) where Q′ is defined in Equation 2-10.0 1. Monoslaps.8464 (2-12) variety of fronting berms. ds is depth at structure toe. 1975b) Armor Type Quarrystone Quarrystone Quarrystone Quarrystone Quarrystone Quarrystone Concrete Blocksc Stepped slope with vertical risers Stepped slope with vertical risers Stepped slope with vertical risers Stepped slope with rounded edges Concrete Armor Units Tetrapods random two layers Tetrapods uniform two layers Tribars random two layers Tribars uniform one layer a Slope (cot θ) 1.70 0.50 Kr is the characteristic height of the armor unit perpendicular to the slope.3 to 3.72 0. Overtopping rates for seawalls are complicated by the numerous shapes found on the seawall face plus the 2-7 .178 (2-14) The coefficients listed above were determined for dimensionless freeboards in the range 0.3 to 3.25 < F′ < 0.75 0. and concrete masonry units placed hollows up. Hs for ds/Ho’ ≤ 3.68 0. and the regression coefficients are defined by C0 C1 C2 0.385 2. C1.0 1.4578 29. Information on overtopping rates for a range of configurations is available in Ward and Ahrens (1992). and steps. c Perforated surfaces of Gobi Blocks. F′ F H Lo 2 mo 1/3 (2-11) where F is dimensional freeboard (vertical distance of crest above swl). it is the nominal diameter. The remaining terms in Equation 2-9 are m (cotangent of revetment slope) and the regression coefficients C0. F′ is defined in Equation 2-11.60 0.0 3.0 Relative Size H / Kra. For quarrystone.60 0.5 2. and C2 defined as C0 C1 C2 0. b Use Ho’ for ds/Ho’ > 3. the height above the slope.3 to 3.5 3. and revetment slopes of 1:2 and 1:3. revetments.51 0.

or physical model tests should be performed. Stability and Flexibility Structures can be built by using large monolithic masses that resist wave forces or by using aggregations of smaller units that are placed either in a random or in a well-ordered array. on the other hand. For irregular wave conditions on revetments of dumped riprap. Armor weights determined with Equation 2-15 for monochromatic waves should be verified during model tests using spectral wave conditions.75 to 1. Randomly placed rock or concrete armor units.27 = 1. The massive monoliths and interlocking blocks often exhibit superior initial strength but. For those cases. H10 ≈ 1.14 is obtained from Ahrens (1981b).25 W as long as 50 percent weigh at least W and the gradation is uniform across the structure’s surface. The most widely used measure of armor unit stability is that developed by Hudson (1961) which is given in Equation 2-15: γr H 3 γ KD  r γ  w 3 1  cot θ   (2-15) θ = is structure slope (from the horizontal) Stones within the cover layer can range from 0. then modified based on Broderick (1983). c. up to a point. The equations in this chapter are suitable for preliminary design for major structures.14 cot1/6 θ (2-18) W where W = required individual armor unit weight. final design will usually require verification of stability and performance by hydraulic model studies. have reserve strength over design conditions. the stability number in Equation 2-17 was adjusted (1. Equation 2-15 can be used for preliminary and final design when H is less than 5 ft and there is no major overtopping of the structure. project funds are usually too limited to permit model studies. They typically do not fail catastrophically if minor damages are inflicted. Assuming a Rayleigh wave height distribution.14) to allow Hs to be used in the stability equation while providing the more conservative effect of using H10 for the design. lb/ft3 H = monochromatic wave height KD= stability coefficient given in Table 2-3 γw = specific weight of water at the site (salt or fresh) 2-8 where Nsz is the zero-damage stability number. lb (or W50 for graded riprap) γr = specific weight of the armor unit. However. the recommended stability number is Nsz 1. may not accommodate small amounts of differential settlement or toe scour that may lead to premature failure. Examples of these are large reinforced concrete seawalls. or average of highest 10-percent of the waves) in Equation 2-16 provided a better fit to the data. experience settlement and readjustment under wave attack. and the value 1. b.27 Hs.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 For other configurations of seawalls. W is readily obtained. 2-15. Stability equations derived from an extensive series of laboratory tests in The Netherlands were presented in van der Meer and Pilarczyk (1987) and van der . and. and geometric concrete block revetments. d. quarrystone or riprap revetments.45 and using Hs with Equation 216. Ward and Ahrens (1992) should be consulted. lacking flexibility.45/1. Rewriting Equation 2-15 as Ns H   W γ   r 1/3 γ  r γ  w  1   (2-16) it is readily seen that Ns KD cot θ 1/3 (2-17) By equating Equations 2-16 and 2-17. Armor Unit Stability a. 2-16. The design guidance herein may be used for final design for small structures where the consequences of failure are minor. Equation 2-15 is frequently presented as a stability formula with Ns as a stability number. which recommended a value of 1. which found using H10 (10 percent wave height. For larger wave heights. Because Hs is more readily available than H10. model tests are preferable to develop the optimum design.

Stability of dolosse on slope steeper than 1 on 2 should be verified by model tests.5 to 3.0 to 3.05 7.0 2. Special placement with long axes of stone placed perpendicular to the slope face. If no rocking of armor (less than 2 percent) is desired.0 2.0 15.0 KD 1. For structures other than riprap revetments.2 P 0. and there is no correction in Equation 2-21.0 P 0.5 to 3. so selecting 7.18    N  Ns (2-19) slopes of 1:2 or 1:3.6 Do Not Use 2. Meer (1988a.13 cot θ ξz P (2-20) P = permeability coefficient S = damage level N = number of waves P varies from P = 0. The number of waves is difficult to estimate.5 to 3.  S      N  0.000 waves should provide a conservative estimate for stability. In deep water.5 to 3.1 for a riprap revetment over an impermeable slope to P = 0. For plunging waves.5 to 3. graded riprap thickness is two times the diameter of the minimum W50 size.0 2.000.0 1.0 9.0 to 6.0 1. additional values of P and S are presented in van der Meer (1988a. For the start of damage S = 2 for revetment Ns (deep water) where H2 is the wave height exceeded by 2 percent of the waves. 1988b). or S = 3 for revetment slopes of 1:4 to 1:6.2 0. By definition.0 12. Two stability equations were presented.06 n equals the number of equivalent spherical diameters corresponding to the median stone weight that would fit within the layer thickness.5 to 3.0 1.000 to N = 7.6 for a mound of armor stone with no core.2 7.5 to 3.5 to 3. reduce KD by approximately 50 percent.5  ξz 6.5 to 3.0 to 20. 2-9 .40 Hs H2 (2-21) and for surging or nonbreaking waves.2 Ns where 1. van der Meer therefore recommends a shallow water correction given as Ns (shallow water) 1. H2 ≈ 1. 1988b). but Equations 2-19 and 2-20 are valid for N = 1.2 1. e.2 2 >3 1 2 >3 2 24 Random Random Random Random Random Special 2 Random 2 2 1 2 Random Random Uniform Random 1. Model tests are described in Markle and Davidson (1979).0 1. Equations 2-19 and 2-20 were developed for deepwater wave conditions and do not include a waveheight truncation due to wave breaking.0 1.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Table 2-3 Suggested Values for Use In Determining Armor Weight (Breaking Wave Conditions) Armor Unit Quarrystone Smooth rounded Smooth rounded Rough angular Rough angular Rough angular Rough angular Graded riprap3 Concrete Armor Units Tetrapod Tripod Tripod Dolos 1 2 n1 Placement Slope (cot θ) 1.0 1.  S  0.0 2. No damage design (3 to 5 percent of units move).40 Hs . 3 4 5 6 Graded riprap is not recommended where wave heights exceed 5 ft.0 1.

Segregation becomes a major problem. and k∆ is the layer coefficient given in Table 2-4. Gradation (within broad limits) appears to have little effect on stability provided the W50 size is used to characterize the layer. should be selected based on stability requirements using Equation 2-15. Armor units. 2-18. Graded riprap. Primary consideration should be given to the W50 min size under those circumstances. where the nominal diameter is the cube root of the stone volume. This has been called reserve strength or reserve stability. (6) The upper limit of the W15 stone. Nr. A. The layer thickness for graded riprap must be at least twice the nominal diameter of the W50 stone. (3) The lower limit of the W100 stone. (7) The bulk volume of stone lighter than W15 min in a gradation should not exceed the volume of voids in the revetment without this lighter stone. 1 ft   γ    r   rmin (2-24) where rmin is the minimum layer thickness perpendicular to the slope. W50 max. W50 min. however. 2-10 .0  50 min  . broader than recommended gradations may be suitable if the supplied W50 is somewhat heavier than the required W50 min. should be about 0. is     P   wr  A n k∆ 1    100   W  2 3 Nr (2-23) where P is the average porosity of the cover layer from Table 2-4. As indicated in the SPM. the zerodamage wave height for the available stone can be r (2-22) where r is the layer thickness in feet. W100 max. A well-known quality of randomly placed rubble structures is the ability to adjust and resettle under wave conditions that cause minor damages. rmin should be at least 25 percent greater than the nominal diameter of the largest stone and should always be greater than a minimum layer thickness of 1 ft (Ahrens 1975).4 times W50 min. Therefore. In those cases the designer must exercise judgment as to the suitability of the supplied gradation. The following are suggested guidelines for establishing gradation limits (from EM 1110-2-1601) (see also Ahrens 1981a): (1) The lower limit of W50 stone. It should slightly exceed W50 min.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 2-17. when the riprap is too broadly graded. should equal the maximum size that can be economically obtained from the quarry but not exceed 4 times W50 min. the actual quarry yield available will differ from the gradation limits specified above. however. the number of armor units.25  100  . For instance. b. The wave heights are referenced to the zero-damage wave height (HD=0) as used in Equation 2-15. Layer Thickness a. n is the number of armor units that would fit within the layer thickness (typically n=2). Reserve Stability a. Greater layer thicknesses will tend to increase the reserve strength of the revetment against waves greater than the design.5 times W50 min. (5) The lower limit of the W15 stone. should be selected based on filter requirements specified in EM 1110-2-1901. Table 2-5 contains values of wave heights producing increasing levels of damage. W100 min. Exposure of armor sized for HD=0 to these larger wave heights should produce damages in the range given. In many cases. Armor units. In addition. b. General. the thickness of an armor layer can be determined by Equation 2-22:   1/3 W n k∆   w   r (2) The upper limit of the W100 stone. W15 min. (4) The upper limit of the W50 stone. Structures built of regular or uniformly placed units such as concrete blocks commonly have little or no reserve stability and may fail rapidly if submitted to greater than design conditions. W15 max. For estimating purposes. If the armor stone available at a site is lighter than the stone size calculated using the wave height at the site. given in paragraph 2-16 allow up to 5 percent damages under design wave conditions. max      γr    W 1/3  1. should not be less than twice W50 min. should be about 1. Values for the stability coefficient.   W 1/3 2. for a given surface area in square feet. KD.

(1) Design procedure.20 calculated. and grain-size distribution of the beach or bottom materials. waves and wave-induced currents will be most important.25 1. All values in the table are for randomly placed units.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Table 2-4 Layer Coefficients and Porosity for Various Armor Units Armor Unit Quarrystone (smooth) Quarrystone (rough) Quarrystone (rough) Graded riprap Tetrapod Tribar Tribar Dolos a n 2 2 ≥3 2 a Placement Random Random Random Random Random Random Uniform Random K∆ 1.04 1.24 1.94 P (%) 38 37 40 37 50 54 47 56 2 2 1 2 By definition. 2-19.20 1.14 15 ≤ %D < 20 1. wave runup and backwash.17 1. Factors that affect the severity of toe scour include wave breaking (when near the toe).32 1. Reserve stability appears to be primarily related to the layer thickness although the median stone weight and structure slope are also important.09 1.00 1. Toe protection is supplemental armoring of the beach or bottom surface in front of a structure which prevents waves from scouring and undercutting it. Scour can be caused by waves.11 1. riprap thickness equals two cubic lengths of W50 or 1.14 1.00 5 ≤ %D < 10 1. The revetment toe often requires special consideration because it is subjected to both hydraulic forces and the changing profiles of the beach fronting the revetment.00 1. For submerged toe stone.36 1.00 1. Graded riprap. n=2. weights can be predicted based on Equation 2-25: 2-11 . b.10 10 ≤ %D < 15 1. Toe protection for revetments is generally governed by hydraulic criteria. The SPM values are for breakwater design and nonbreaking wave conditions and include damage levels above 30 percent. For most revetments.50 1.17 20 ≤ %D ≤ 30 1.08 1. Table 2-5 H/HD=0 for Cover Layer Damage Levels for Various Armor Types (H/HD=0 for Damage Level in Percent) Unit Quarrystone (smooth) Quarrystone (angular) Tetrapods Tribars Dolos 0 ≤ %D < 5 1.29 1. Information on riprap reserve stability can be found in Ahrens (1981a). c. and a ratio with the site’s wave height can be used to estimate the damage that can be expected with the available stone. Some empirical suggested guidance is contained in Eckert (1983). revetments may fail before damages reach 30 percent.19 1. wave reflection.37 1. or tidal currents.13 0. Revetments. wave-induced currents.00 1. Toe stability is essential because failure of the toe will generally lead to failure throughout the entire structure. Specific guidance for toe design based on either prototype or model results has not been developed.00 1. General.00 1.25 W100.00 N/A 1.27 1. Toe Protection a.08 1. The values should be used with caution for damage levels from breaking and nonbreaking waves. and minor overtopping.02 1. The values in Table 2-5 are adapted from Table 7-8 of the SPM. Due to differences in the form of damage to breakwaters and revetments.

The passive earth pressure zone must be protected for a sheet-pile wall as shown in Figure 2-6. from a geotechnical perspective can be derived using the Rankine theory as described in Eckert (1983). Seawalls and bulkheads. Toe stone weight can be predicted based on Figure 2-7 (from Brebner and Donnelly 1962)). In these cases the toe apron should be wider than the product of the effective embedment depth and the coefficient of passive earth pressure for the soil. (3) Toe apron width. Overturning is resisted A filter is a transitional layer of gravel. 2-20. and V are for up to moderate toe scour conditions and construction in the dry. water derived from wave overtopping of the structure. IV. (2) Suggested toe configurations. A thickened toe similar to that in Design III can be used for underwater construction except that the toe stone is placed on the existing bottom rather than in an excavated trench. The relative importance of these factors depends on the location of the structure and its elevation with respect to low water. distributes the weight of the armor units to provide more uniform settlement. The toe apron width will depend on geotechnical and hydraulic factors. II. (2) Seepage forces. filters also 2-12 . Cantilevered.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 γr H 3 γ N  r γ  w 3 s Wmin 3 1   (2-25) by the moment of its own weight supported by the zone of bearing beneath the toe of the structure. It is assumed that the scour effects are partially additive. Stone selection should be based on the weight gradations developed from each of the stone weights. Virtually no data exist on currents acting on toe stone when they are a product of storm waves and tidal or riverine flow. the allowable gradation should be approximately 0. Steep exit gradients reduce the net effective weight of the soil. A design wave between H1 and H10 is suggested. Designs I. undercutting and unraveling of the edge of the apron must be minimized. If the resulting stone size and section geometry are not appropriate. For areas above the waterline. To apply the method assume a value of dt the distance from the still water level to the top of the toe. This is offered solely to illustrate possible toe configurations. Greatest width predicted by these geotechnical and hydraulic factors should be used for design. Design of toe protection for seawalls and bulkheads must consider geotechnical as well as hydraulic factors. Gravity walls resist sliding through the frictional resistance developed between the soil and the base of the structure. Designs III and VI can be used to reduce excavation when the stone in the toe trench is considered sacrificial and will be replaced after infrequent major events. the designer must select either Equation 2-15 which applies at or near the water surface or Equation 225 above.5 to 1.5 W. anchored. A quantitative treatment of these factors is presented in Richart and Schmertmann (1958). Filters where Ns is the design stability number for rubble toe protection in front of a vertical wall. For toe structures exposed to wave action. or fabric placed between the underlying soil and the structure. The minimum width. small stone. or gravity walls each depend on the soil in the toe area for their support. making sediment movement under waves and currents more likely. (4) Toe stone weight. the toe apron should be at least twice the incident wave height for sheet-pile walls and equal to the incident wave height for gravity walls. In the case of a revetment toe. ds. This seepage flow may originate from general groundwater conditions. Other schemes known to be satisfactory by the designer are also acceptable. In addition. Guidance contained in EM 1110-2-1601 which relates to toe design configurations for flood control channels is modified for coastal revetments and presented in Figure 2-4. When the toe protection is for scour caused by tidal or riverine currents alone. Possible toe configurations are shown in Figure 2-5. Using the median stone weight determined by this method. B. as indicated in the SPM (see Figure 2-7). the designer is referred to EM 1110-2-1601. a different dt should be tried. It should be recognized that Equation 2-25 yields a minimum weight and Equation 2-15 yields a median weight. the apron should be at least 40 percent of the depth at the structure. (1) General considerations. this passive earth pressure zone must be maintained for stability against overturning. The hydraulic gradients of seepage flows beneath vertical walls can significantly increase toe scour. The filter prevents the migration of the fine soil particles through voids in the structure. c. Using hydraulic considerations. and permits relief of hydrostatic pressures within the soils. or from precipitation. some conservatism is provided by using the design stability number for toe protection in front of a vertical wall as suggested above. In all cases. For cantilevered and anchored walls.

d15 armor d85 filter Specific design guidance for gravel and stone filters is contained in EM 1110-2-1901 and EM 1110-2-2300 (see also Ahrens 1981a). stated as: d15 filter d85 soil < 4 to 5 < d15 filter d15 soil The filter criteria can be <4 (2-28) (2-27) 2-13 . and guidance for cloth filters is contained in CW 02215. a. Riprap and armor stone underlayers. Graded rock filters.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure 2-4. Such designs are needed where a large disparity exists between the void size in the armor layer and the particle sizes in the underlying layer. In general form layers have the relation given in Equation 2-26: d15 upper d85 under < 4 (2-26) where the left side of Equation 2-27 is intended to prevent piping through the filter and the right side of Equation 227 provides for adequate permeability for structural bedding layers. This guidance also applies between successive layers of multilayered structures. b. Revetment toe protection (Designs I through VI) prevent surface water from causing erosion (gullies) beneath the riprap. The requirements contained in these will be briefly summarized in the following paragraphs. Underlayers for riprap revetments should be sized as in Equation 2-28.

each underlayer should meet the condition specified in Equation 2-28. the first underlayer should be at least 2 stone diameters thick. For armor and underlayers of uniform-sized quarrystone. Seawall and bulkhead toe protection where the stone diameter d can be related to the stone weight W through Equation 2-22 by setting n equal to 1.0. For large riprap sizes.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure 2-5. When concrete armor units with KD > 12 are used. the underlayer should be quarrystone weighing about one-fifth of the overlying armor units. and the layer thicknesses should be at least 3 median stone diameters. This is more restrictive than Equation 2-27 and provides an additional margin against variations in void sizes that may occur as the armor layer shifts under wave action. and the individual units should weigh about one-tenth the units in the armor layer. 2-14 .

toe protection design for vertical walls (from Brebner and Donnelly 1962) 2-15 . For granular soils with less than 50 percent fines (silts and clays) by weight (passing a No. Value of Ns. 200 sieve). select the filter fabric by applying Equation 2-29: Figure 2-6. Toe aprons for sheet-pile bulkheads Figure 2-7. Material will first be retained on a sieve whose number is equal to the EOS. which is the number of the U.S. Standard Sieve having openings closest to the filter fabric openings. Selection of filter cloth is based on the equivalent opening size (EOS). Plastic filter fabric selection.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 c.

70 sieve. Filter guidance must be properly applied in these cases. Return sections are generally needed at both ends to prevent this. eventually causing bursting of the fabric in tension.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 EOS sieve ≤ 1 d85 soil (2-29) For other soils. no fabric should be used whose EOS is greater than 100. will quickly corrode in such 2-16 . of soil between 1 and 3 in. Greater drop heights are allowable under water where blocks up to 1 ton can be dropped through water columns of at least 5 ft. Third. A stone bedding layer beneath armor units weighing more than 1 ton for above-water work (1. To provide good performance. it should terminate a few feet landward of the armor layers as shown in Figure 2-8. Experience indicates that synthetic cloths can retain their strength even after long periods of exposure to both salt and fresh water. 2-21. d. Furthermore. although Dunham and Barrett (1974) suggest that stones weighing up to 250 lb can safely be dropped from 3 ft. the hydraulic gradient through the fabric and the 1 in. can be used when the erosion rate is mild. Use of filter cloth under revetment and toe protection stone Studies such as those in Chen et al. Filter fabric placement. Extension of revetments past the point of active erosion should be considered but is often not feasible. Flank Protection Flank protection is needed to limit vulnerability of a structure from the tendency for erosion to continue around its ends. Mild carbon steel. the filter cloth should not extend seaward of the armor layer. Dropping stone can rupture some fabrics even with free falls of only 1 ft. for instance. proper stone placement requires beginning at the toe and proceeding up the slope. particularly in the splash zone where materials are subjected to continuous wet-dry cycles. heavy armor units may stretch the cloth as they settle. Securing pins with washers is also advisable at 2-to 5-ft intervals along the midpoint of the overlaps. however. 2-22. and multiple underlayers may be needed under primary units weighing more than 10 tons. the EOS should be no larger than the openings in a No. 200 sieve.5 tons for underwater construction) is suggested (Dunham and Barrett 1974). a thickened end section. rather. In those cases. sufficient folds should be included to eliminate tension and stretching under settlement. First. Fourth. In other cases. Second. Finally. For lightweight revetments this can be as little as 12 in. and may increase to 3 ft for larger underwater structures. above the fabric (i2) is: i1 i2 Gradient ratio ≤ 3 (2-30) Figure 2-8. based on a head permeability test. but the return sections of other devices such as rock revetments must usually be progressively lengthened as erosion continues. an intermediate sand layer may provide the necessary transition layer between the soil and the fabric. Sheet-pile structures can often be tied well into existing low banks. of soil adjacent to the fabric (i1) divided by the hydraulic gradient of the 2 in. Corrosion Corrosion is a primary problem with metals in brackish and salt water. a properly selected cloth should be installed with due regard for the following precautions. the gradient ratio of the filter fabric is limited to a maximum value of three. similar to toe protection. Last. (1981) suggest that these filter cloth selection requirements may be somewhat restrictive. adequate overlaps between sheets must be provided. That is. and none should be used alone when the underlying soil contains more than 85 percent material passing a No.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 conditions. The Construction Engineering Research Laboratory (CERL) should be contacted when either performance or longevity is a significant requirement. or nylon. although aluminum and copper are Table 2-6 Galvanic Series in Sea Water MATERIAL MORE ACTIVE Magnesium Stainless steel . Various protective coatings such as coal-tar epoxy can be used to treat carbon steel.304 AS Lead Magnesium bronze Naval brass Nickel AS Copper. This table can be used for estimating the corrosion potential of galvanic couples. 2-23. Guidance on producing suitable high quality concrete is presented in EM 1110-2-2000 and Mather (1957). silicon bronze Composition G bronze Composition M bronze Nickel PS Cast iron Stainless steel-410 AS Active state Passive state 2-17 . Fasteners should be corrosion-resistant materials such as stainless or galvanized steel. Freeze-Thaw Cycles Concrete should be designed for freeze-thaw resistance (as well as chemical reactions with salt water). The more active metal of a galvanic couple tends to act as an anode and suffers accelerated corrosion. The galvanic series of common metals in seawater is given in Table 2-6 (Uhlig 1971). wrought iron. Aluminum sheetpiling can be substituted for steel in some places. in actual practice polarization effects with stainless steel make it more compatible with aluminum than aluminum copper couples. Care must always be taken to avoid contact of dissimilar metals (galvanic couples). but the complexity of corrosion processes makes it useful only as guide. as concrete may seriously degrade in the marine environment. Corrosion-resistant steel marketed under various trade names is useful for some applications. For example. MATERIAL (≈ ACTIVITY) Stainless steel .316 Zinc Tin Aluminum 52S4 Aluminum 4S Aluminum 3S Aluminum 2S Aluminum 53S-T Yellow brass Aluminum bronze Red brass Aluminum 17S-T Aluminum 24S-T Mild steel Wrought iron LESS ACTIVE Stainless steel-304 Stainless steel-316 AS PS PS PS AS closer together on the table than aluminum and stainless steel.

Current design methods apply to vertical walls with perpendicularly approaching wave orthogonals. Breaking waves on vertical structures exert high. Curves are given in Chapter 7 of the SPM for walls with complete or nearly complete reflection. a dual treatment using both methods is necessary. particularly sheet-pile structures. 2-29. oblique wave attack on perpendicular structure faces. Wave Forces The total force. Dynamic forces are the result of wave action and seepage flow within the soil. Little can be done to prevent such damages beyond the use of durable rock or concrete as armoring in critical areas such as at the sand line on steel piles. Seepage forces reduce passive pressures at the toe and tend to Wave forces are determined for cases of nonbreaking. Equation 2-31 was developed from Technical Standards for Port and Harbour Facilities in Japan (1980). b. and walls on rubble bases. Marine Borer Activity Timber used in marine construction must be protected against damage from marine borers through treatment with creosote and creosote coal-tar solutions or with water-borne preservative salts (CCA and ACA). Curves are given in the SPM to correct for low wall heights. Any fabric used in a shore protection project should be stabilized against ultraviolet light. and wire gabions can be opened with wire cutters and the contents scattered.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 2-24. 2-26. 2-27. Breaking waves. Wave forces for a range of possible water levels and wave periods should be computed. water and passive soil pressures on the seaward side. sand-filled fabric containers can be easily cut. Ultraviolet Light The ultraviolet component of sunlight quickly degrades untreated synthetic fibers such as those used for some filter cloths and sand-bags. A quantitative treatment of these geotechnical considerations can be found in Richart and Schmertmann (1958). The Miche-Rundgren method as described in the SPM should be used. F 1 d P P2 2 s 1 h c P1 P4 (2-31) decrease factors of safety. for rigid structures such as sheet-pile structures or concrete gravity-type structures with pile supports. For instance. Geotechnical Considerations The stability of vertical bulkheads. Even fabric that is covered by a structure should be stabilized since small cracks or openings can admit enough light to cause deterioration. Specific guidance is included in EM 1110-2-2906. Carbon black is a common stabilizing additive which gives the finished cloth a characteristic black or dark color in contrast to the white or light gray of unstabilized cloth. or damaged. Some fabrics can completely disintegrate in a matter of weeks if heavily exposed. This scouring action is caused by currents along the bottom and by pressure gradients. but methods are described which can be used in some cases to correct for low wall heights (where overtopping occurs). For semirigid structures such as gravitytype seawalls on rubble foundations Equation 2-31 is recommended. Static forces include active soil and water pressures from the backfill. This sometimes requires the exercise of proper judgment by the designer. Nonbreaking waves. small concrete blocks can be stolen. Both of these are induced by waves on the surface. 2-28. In some cases. F. Figure 2-9 illustrates the pressure distribution on the face of the structures due to the breaking waves. Complex face geometries cannot be handled. per unit length of the structure. The key pressure components can be determined by: 2-18 . short-duration impulses that act in the region where the wave hits the structure. construction materials must be chosen that cannot be easily cut. a. Abrasion Abrasion occurs where waves move sediments back and forth across the faces of structures. particularly. Wave impacts increase soil pressure in the backfill and require larger resisting passive earth pressures and anchor forces to ensure stability. The Minikin method can yield extremely high wave forces compared to nonbreaking waves. breaking. 2-25. carried away. These cases are dependent on the wave height and depth at the structure. requires consideration of overturning and stabilizing forces. or broken waves. includes both the hydrostatic and dynamic force components. Vandalism and Theft At sites where vandalism or theft may exist. dismantled. The method developed by Minikin as described in the SPM is recommended. Toe scour decreases the effective embedment of the sheetpiling and threatens toe stability of the structure. and anchor forces (when applicable).

7 lb/ft2). and 0. X1.742. at ds = 2.8 lb/ft2). is determined directly by using SPM Figure 7-2. and α3 are calculated to be 1. 0. which yields hb = 3. Broken waves.5 m (8. Breaking wave pressures on a vertical wall P1 P3 α1 α2 γw Hb α3 P1  hc  1 P  1. F. and P4 are computed from the above equations to be 36. 34. Equation 3-31 yields a total horizontal force due to the breaking wave of 142 kN/m2 (6. the breaking wave height. Other variables of Equation 2-38.2 m (10. Then.4 kN/m2 (1.950.3 m (14 ft) high sited in sea water with ds = 2.07 .5 ft).05) and experiencing wave crests at an interval of 10 sec.5 Hb  1   (2-32) (2-33) P4 where (2-34) α1 0.2 ft) on a bottom slope of 1:20 (m = 0. per unit length of structure can be estimated (Camfield 1991) by Equation 2-38: Figure 2-9. c. Hb. the force on the wall would be determined as follows: Since there is no rubble-mound base.8<4. Crest height. Some structures are placed in a position where only broken waves can reach them.7 m (160 ft). wave length. and 22. 4. hb. Hs. The pressure components P1.07 m (10 ft). Using a wave period T = 10 sec and Figure 7-4 of the SPM. The adjusted 2-19 . L.2.4 m (37 ft) [(3.091. α1. P3. the breaking depth. for a vertical wall. The wave breaks at a distance of 11.6 kN/m2 (1656.6 lb/ft2).799 lb/ft2).5 m. Using SPM Appendix C Table C-1.  3 h  d Hb   b    ds  1 h    1  2πh cosh    L       (2-36) α3 1 (2-37) where γw = specific weight of water hc = height of crest of caisson above swl d = depth at top of rubble mound F  0.18 γ H 1   2 b 2 X1 m   RA   (2-38) ds = depth at base of caisson where γ is the specific weight of water and m is the beach slope (m=tan θ). the water depth ds = 2.5 Hb (1. In those cases approximate broken wave force.8 kN/m2 (1. Hb. is less than 1.05] from the wall. α2. respectively.5)/0.5 m is determined to be 48.6  1  4πh/L 2  sinh 4πh/L  2    (2-35) α2   2  h d   H   2d   b  min   b   .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Hb = highest of the random waves breaking at a distance of 5Hs seaward of the structure.101. respectively. and RA are defined in Figure 2-10.8) and overtopping exists. Hs is the significant wave height of the design sea state hb = water depth where Hb is determined h = water depth at toe of compound breakwater L = wave length calculated by linear wave theory at the structure for wave period of Hs As an example.036. Without knowledge of the significant wave height. hc. is found to be 3.

2-32.05 m (10 ft) of cobble shoreline with a slope of m = 0. but their net effects are largely beneficial. or protective riprap. adds to the complexity of a modeling program. 2-34. Two-Dimensional Models Two-dimensional tests are conducted in wave tanks or flumes. Hydraulic Model Tests The guidance contained in this manual is suitable for preliminary design of all coastal structures and for final design of minor or inexpensive works where the consequences of failure are not serious. They can also lead to qualitative Figure 2-10. Three-Dimensional Models Three-dimensional models are built in large shallow basins where processes such as wave refraction and diffraction are of interest. b. If site or functional conditions require the inclusion of impact forces in the design. Ice Forces a. impact forces should be evaluated from impulse-momentum considerations. and overtopping potential. breaking wave height Hb is 2. Piling is sometimes slowly pulled by the repeated lifting effect of ice frozen to the piles or attached members. Ice piled on shore by wind and wave action does not generally cause serious damage to beaches. Moving surface ice can cause significant crushing and bending forces as well as large 2-20 . on the other hand. and Equation 2-6 yields Rmax = 1. Monochromatic waves represent the simplest case. In many areas impact hazards may not occur. however. From Figure 7-3 in SPM (1984). Impact Forces Impact forces constitute an important design consideration for shore structures because high winds can propel small pleasure craft. Ice formations can cause considerable damage to shoreline at some points.91 m (3 ft) and Tp = 12 sec. The waves cross 3. Some abrasion of timber or concrete structures may be caused. and design economics may be achieved which more than offset the cost of the study. Generated waves may be either monochromatic or irregular depending on the capabilities of the equipment. RA. EM 1110-2-1612 should be reviewed before designing any structure subject to ice forces. Their use. For most cases. deepwater waves are Hmo = 0.36 m (4.58 kN/m length of wall (317 lb/ft length of wall). Damages. and then it is forced upward by a rise in water stage or wave action. wave runup heights. Wave pressure from broken waves wave runup height. other measures should be taken to limit the depth of water against the face of the structure by providing a rubble-mound absorber against the face of the wall or a partly submerged sill seaward of the structure that will ground floating masses and eliminate the potential hazard. 2-33.57. Ice can affect marine structures in a number of ways. in Equation 2-38 to find the force per unit length of wall is 4.10 before impacting on a wall. Design deficiencies can be identified with such models.05 m (6. model tests are required. the final design should be verified through a model testing program. Using Equation 2-7 we find ξ = 1. barges. Hudson et al. Superstructure damages also sometimes occur due to ice. and individual members may be broken or bent by the weight of the ice mass. 2-31. 2-30. are a closer representation of actual prototype conditions. For example. bulkheads. Vertical forces can be caused by the weight of ice on structures at low tide and by buoyant uplift at high tide of ice masses frozen to structural elements. however. If accurate force estimates are needed. Irregular waves. Such tests are useful for evaluating toe stone and armor stability. but it provides additional protection against severe winter waves.75 ft). such as wales. General. (1979) contains information on current hydraulic modeling techniques. but where the potential exists (as for harbor structures). Spray “freezes” on banks and structures and covers them with a protective layer of ice. RA.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 impact loadings. Use Rmax for the adjusted runup. which would occur if the wall was not present can be determined by using Equation 2-6 (rough slopes) or following the methods described in Chapter 2-13 for smooth slopes or slopes covered with rubble other than quarrystone. and floating debris and cause great impact forces on a structure. and they form the basis for the majority of current design guidance.48 ft).

Important features were (USAEWES 1966): Scale Waves 1:15 Heights of 5. and 12 sec 12. However.9 ft (north revetment) Depths Revetment slope: 1:2 No toe protection was provided. Important features were (USAEWES 1962): Scale Waves 1:12 Height of 2. 10.6 ft Periods of 3.7 ft. therefore. 15.7. PR (1981). a.2 ft Periods of 8. Railroad fills at Ice Harbor and John Day Reservoirs (1962). and 17 sec (west revetment) 18 and 19. the use of three-dimensional models would be unusual for such structures. 2-35. 24. Fort Fisher NC (1982). FL (1957). All armor stone was randomly placed. seawalls.5 to 7 sec 10.5 ft Periods of 9. 6. Stable rock sizes and values of Kd were reported for several wave conditions. The tests were conducted for both riprap stability and runup. b. Important features were (USAEWES 1957): Scale 1:30 and 1:17 Heights of 4.5 to 17.4 ft 2. considerable damages were experienced. these issues are generally unimportant for the design of revetments. and 9. Generalized harbor site for the U. and bulkheads. Previous Tests WES has conducted a number of two. These were stable and undamaged in depths to 14.9 ft (west revetment) Waves Revetment slope: 1:3 The toe protection was generally a 10-ft-wide armor stone blanket except in certain areas of the north revetment Depths 2-21 . Details on five of these are given below. and 12 ft Periods of 4. 15.300 lb (west revetment). Navy (1966). Units are given in prototype dimensions.360 lb (north revetment behind breakwater).0 to 4.9 to 4.5 Heights of 10 to 23. San Juan. and sec 20 to 40 ft Depths Revetment slope: 1:2 The toe consisted of 8. and 19 ft where a low-crested breakwater was used. Armor stone sizes were 10.5 to 10. but no failures occurred. Levees in Lake Okeechobee.3 ft Periods of 15 and 17 sec (north revetment) Heights of 2. Important features were (Markle 1981): Scale Waves 1:38.900 lb (randomly placed). 17. and 20 ft 10-sec periods 20 to 40 ft Depths Revetment slope: 1:5 No toe protection was provided (the toe extended to the flume bottom).900 lb (specially placed) and 8. Important features were (Markle 1982): Scale Waves 1:24 Heights of 5. c.4 to 2. El Morro Castle. The sizes of the armor units were 5.5. were W50 300 lb 500 lb 700 lb H 3.and three-dimensional model studies of site-specific projects.919-lb StaPods on bedding stone. At depths of 17 and 19 ft.530 lb (north revetment).S. 10. 14. 4.0 to 3. 5. d. 8. The tests were conducted for both wave runup and overtopping. 17.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 results for sediment transport studies.9 ft The stable W50 sizes e.1 ft 3. 6. and 25 ft 13 and 14.

1:6.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Revetment slope: 1:3. 2-22 . The tests produced a series of runup and overtopping volume curves. and composite slopes No toe protection was considered.

Toe protection prevents displacement of the seaward edge of the revetment.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Chapter 3 Revetments 3-3. Develop cost estimate for each alternative. f. or other shoreline feature against erosion. Select armor unit size (paragraphs 2-15 to 2-18). Also. and prevents the underlying soil from being washed through the armor. 3-2. l. Armor Types Revetment armoring may range from rigid to flexible types. Design filter and underlayers (paragraph 2-20). provides for the passage of water through the structure. underdrainage features if they are h. Concrete slabs-on-grade is an example of the former. The individual alternatives discussed in Appendix B are summarized in Figure 3-2. d. and make any required provisions for other drainage facilities such as culverts and ditches. Details of individual armor types are presented in Appendix B. while the filter layer supports the armor. The major components of a revetment are the armor layer. This requirement should be included on the plans and in the specifications. m. 2-11). b. due allowance for compaction must be made in the cost estimate. Determine amount of overtopping expected for low structures (paragraph 2-14). Provide for firm compaction of all fill and backfill materials. k. The armor layer provides the basic protection against wave action. Provide for local surface runoff and overtopping runoff. Figure 3-1. Consider end conditions to avoid failure due to flanking (paragraph 2-21. embankment. Flexible armor is constructed with lighter individual units that can tolerate varying amounts of displacement and shifting. General A revetment is a facing of erosion resistant material. and toe (Figure 3-1). c. Determine the water level range for the site (paragraph 2-5). Typical revetment section j. Rigid armors tend to be more massive but are generally unable to accommodate settlement or adjustments of the underlying materials. filter. Design Procedure Checklist The usual steps needed to design an adequate revetment are: a. g. Determine potential runup to set the crest elevation (paragraphs 2-12 and 2-13). i. Select suitable armor alternatives to resist the design wave (Appendix B). such as stone or concrete. 3-1 . Design required. that is built to protect a scarp. e. while riprap and quarrystone are examples of the latter. Design toe protection (paragraph 2-19). Determine the wave heights (paragraphs 2-6 to 3-1.

Summary of revetment alternatives 3-2 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure 3-2.

Additional rock toe protection may also be used. Seawalls can have a variety of face shapes (Figure 4-1). Both of these are potential causes of failure of such walls. g. a. Determine the potential runup to set the crest elevation (paragraphs 2-12 to 2-13). The seaward face may be stepped. b. General A seawall is a massive structure that is designed primarily to resist wave action along high value coastal property. Determine the wave heights (paragraphs 2-6 to 4-1. Typical concrete seawall sections f. h. Design Procedure Checklist The most critical design elements are a secure foundation to minimize settlement and toe protection to prevent undermining. vertical. Rubble-Mound Seawalls These are designed like breakwaters using a rock size that will be stable against the design wave. Stability is determined using the method described in paragraphs 2-15 to 2-18. suitable seawall configurations Design pile foundations using EM 1110-2-2906. Concrete Seawalls These structures are often pile-supported with sheetpile cutoff walls at the toe to prevent undermining.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Chapter 4 Seawalls 4-3. 2-11). Figure 4-1. 4-4. Typical examples are described in Appendix C and shown in Figure 4-2. An example is described in Appendix C and shown in Figure 4-2. c. e. The usual steps needed to develop an adequate seawall design follow. Determine the amount of overtopping expected for low structures (paragraph 2-14). Summary of seawall alternatives 4-1 . Common construction materials are either concrete or stone.2. or recurved. Select (Appendix C). Determine the water level range for the site (paragraph 2-5).or pile-supported structures. Seawalls may be either gravity. d. Select a suitable armor unit type and size (rubble seawalls and toe protection) (paragraphs 2-15 to 2-18). underdrainage features if they are 4-2. Figure 4. Design required.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 i. This requirement should be included on the plans and in the specifications. Provide for firm compaction of all fill and backfill materials. n. 4-2 . and make any required provisions for other drainage facilities such as culverts and ditches. k. and due allowance for compaction must be made in the cost estimate. Develop cost estimate for each alternative. Provide for local surface runoff and overtopping and runoff. j. the filter and underlayers m. D e s i g n (paragraph 2-20). l. Design the toe protection (paragraph 2-19). Consider end conditions to avoid failure due to flanking (paragraph 2-21).

where a fill is needed seaward of the existing shore. except that Appendix D is used for examples of typical bulkheads. toe protection should be designed using geotechnical and hydraulic conditions. 5-2. Anchored bulkheads are usually used where greater heights are necessary. 5-1 . or by protecting the toe from erosion and undercutting.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Chapter 5 Bulkheads 5-1. Gravity bulkheads also cannot prevent rotational slides in materials where the failure surface passes beneath the structure. Gravity structures eliminate the expense of pile driving and can often be used where subsurface conditions hinder pile driving. Details of typical bulkheads are presented in Appendix D and are summarized in Figure 5-1. Structural Forms Bulkheads are either cantilevered or anchored sheetpiling or gravity structures such as rock-filled timber cribbing. They are also used for reclamation projects. These structures require strong foundation soils to adequately support their weight. gravity structures depend primarily on shearing resistance along the base of the structure to support the applied loads. Toe scour reduces their effective embedment and can lead to failure. Such bulkheads also require adequate embedment for stability but are less susceptible to failure due to toe scour. Design Procedure Checklist The bulkhead design procedure is similar to that presented for seawalls in paragraph 4-4. 5-3. In addition. General Bulkheads are retaining walls whose primary purpose is to hold or prevent the backfill from sliding while providing protection against light-to-moderate wave action. They are used to protect eroding bluffs by retaining soil at the toe. Therefore. thereby increasing stability. and they normally do not sufficiently penetrate the soil to develop reliable passive resisting forces on the offshore side. including wave action and current scour. and for marinas and other structures where deep water is needed directly at the shore. Cantilevers require adequate embedment for stability and are usually suitable where wall heights are low.

Summary of bulkhead alternatives 5-2 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure 5-1.

6-3. More detailed information may be found in Barnard (1978). recreational. Once a structure has been built along a shoreline. This is usually viewed as a negative impact. Because shore protection projects exist in arctic. and numerical simulation. Johnson and DeWitt (1978). physical model studies. then it can be assumed that the chemical characteristics of the system will not be significantly modified. the overall situation and the various impacts that result must be evaluated carefully to identify potential changes in the shore and barrier island processes. and other accidents. the tendency will be for erosion at some location to supply the required material. Increased suspended solids during construction. spills. equipment leaks. and changes in the scour patterns and deposition of sediments. and Mulvihille et al. temperate. and aesthetic importance. Water Quality Impacts Impacts of coastal shore protection structures on water quality can be addressed in two categories: a. Some vertical structures such as bulkheads may cause increased wave reflection and turbulence with a subsequent loss of fronting beach. It has been demonstrated that the increased concentration of suspended solids is generally confined to the immediate vicinity of the construction activity and dissipates rapidly at the completion of the operation. Biological Impacts A wide variety of living resources is present in coastal shore protection project areas and includes species of commercial. biological impacts will generally be highly site-specific and depend upon the nature and setting of the project. to a certain extent. the land behind it will no longer be vulnerable to erosion (assuming proper function of the structure). and winds to move sediment is matched by the available supply of littoral materials. and the contribution of littoral material to the system will be diminished along the affected shoreline. In all cases. construction activities should be designed to minimize generation of suspended solids. The environmental impacts may be short-term during construction operations or long-term because of the presence of the structures. The dispersion of near-surface suspended solids can be controlled. Under quiescent current conditions (less than 0. by placing a silt curtain around the construction activity. (1983).EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Chapter 6 Environmental Impacts 6-1. The potential environmental impacts. (1980). Although these are generally short-term impacts. Hurme (1979). Carstea et al. Physical Impacts The littoral system at the site of a structure is always moving toward a state of dynamic equilibrium where the ability of waves. Steps must be taken also to avoid the introduction of toxic or other harmful substances resulting from construction materials. Environmental assessment of the effects on circulation should initially emphasize the physical parameters such as salinity. When there is a deficiency of material moving within a system. (1975a. Structures may influence water quality by altering circulation patterns. General Coastal shore protection structures are intended to improve stability by reducing the rate of change in a dynamic coastal system. 6-2. Ford et al. currents. 6-4. Placement 6-1 . This is particularly true in the surf zone on open coast beaches where rapid natural changes and disturbances are normal and where survival of the benthic community requires great adaptability. Project specifications should contain provisions that address these concerns. 1975b). Modification in circulation may result in changes in the spatial distribution of water quality constituents. Altered circulation caused by structures. b. Silt curtains are not recommended where currents exceed 1 knot. The contribution formerly made by the area must now be supplied by the adjoining areas. Erosion that is shifted to other areas may result in a negative impact in those locations. and velocity. differences in the flushing rates of potential contaminants. Prediction of changes in circulation and its effect on the physical parameters can be achieved through comparison with existing projects. Recent research results indicate that the traditional fears of water quality degradation caused from suspended solids during in-water construction activities are for the most part unfounded. are briefly discussed below. This can have mixed environmental impacts. and tropical climates. If minimal changes occur in these parameters.1 knot) the suspended solids level in the water column outside the curtain can be reduced by as much as 80 to 90 percent. temperature. The reduction in sedimentation due to decreased erosion may be viewed as a positive effect in many cases. The environmental impacts on the benthic communities resulting from suspended solids in the water around shore protection construction are for the most part minor. which are similar for each of the coastal shore protection structures featured in this manual. Construction of shore protection structures can result in increased suspended solid loads within the adjoining water body.

and filling at the site may be of short or long duration depending on the composition of the sediment. However. noise.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 of coastal shore protection structures requires an initial disturbance of the benthic substrate. However. fish and wildlife habitat. In many locations the placement of these structures provides new habitat not available otherwise. Construction impacts at sites with a high percentage of fine material and nearby sea grass bed or corals could be high and require special planning and precautions such as silt curtains. Transportation of material to the site. breeding. and back filling and grading will cause temporary air and noise pollution close to the site. if possible. However. nesting. Examples of environmental objectives include preservation. Long-term Impacts Long-term effects vary considerably depending upon the location. and the overall context. However. protection. 6-6. For example. Most coastal shore protection structures improve access to the water’s edge for recreation and sightseeing. the currents. particularly of nonmotile bottom dwellers. dredging. therefore. A number of design alternatives should be considered to maximize biological benefits and minimize negative impacts. their frequency of viewing. Alternatives are evaluated according to how well they meet specified project objectives. feeding. Nesting. The actual time is typically short (measured in days and weeks) and. the structure should be designed to be aesthetically pleasing. rubble toe protection or a riprap revetment extending down into the water at a sloping angle will help dissipate wave energy and will provide reef habitat for many desirable species. and enhancement of aesthetic resources. may have biological impacts. a forecast must be made of future environmental conditions without the project. and nursery habitat for some species. to avoid waterfowl and turtle nesting periods and fish spawning periods. Motile organisms will temporarily flee the disturbed area. Temporarily reduced water quality. Dredging activities may attract opportunistic foraging fish as well as temporarily destroy benthic habitats. only two elements normally are directly considered in the design of the structure itself. Evaluation of the short. Evaluation of Alternatives 6-2 . if the bank is severely eroding or is heavily developed these impacts may be minimal by comparison. birds such as pelicans might benefit. On the other hand. Aesthetic impacts can be adverse or beneficial depending on preconstruction conditions and the perception of the individual observer. or feeding waterfowl and fish and other wildlife will be disrupted. The impact of a vertical steel sheet bulkhead located at mean low water in a freshwater marsh will be considerably different from a rubble-reveted bank in an industrialized harbor. The visual impact of a structure is dependent on how well the structure blends with its surroundings. the appearance of a structure in a heavily used urban park is more critical than a structure in an industrial area or an isolated setting. Table 6-1 summarizes design considerations for improving the environmental quality of these structures. engineering. discussed in paragraph 6-3. but it results in the formation of a new substrate composed of structural material and stability of the sediments adjacent to the structure. The importance of visual impacts is related to the number of viewers. 6-8. Coastal shore protection structures offer a visual contrast to the natural coastal environment. and environmental aspects. and the biota. 6-5. The structure should be sited to avoid known archaeological or other cultural sites. Vertical structures in particular may accelerate erosion of the foreshore and create unsuitable habitat for many bottom species in front of the structure as the result of increased turbulence and scour from reflected wave energy. Resuspension of bottom sediments may interfere with respiration and feeding. many observers prefer a structure to erosion damage. This can also result in the loss of spawning. Projects should be timed. These predicted conditions are then compared revetments can reduce the area of the intertidal zone and eliminate the important beach or marsh habitat between the aquatic and upland environment. design and material used in the structure. and circulation patterns at the site and the locations of these specific resources. Secondly. preparation and construction using heavy equipment. Land use patterns will often change as the result of construction. Socioeconomic and Cultural Impacts Secondary impacts are often more controversial than the primary impacts on air. Coastal shore protection structures change the appearance of the coastline. 6-7.and long-term impacts of coastal shore protection structures requires comparison of with-project and without-project conditions. resting. Siltation of offshore sea grasses or corals as the result of construction. Bulkheads and Comparison and evaluation of coastal shore protection alternatives involves examination of economic. and water quality. Short-term Impacts Short-term impacts are usually associated with the actual construction phase of the project. water. Recognizing the dynamic nature of the coastal system. can be scheduled to minimize negative impacts.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 6-3 .

not additions made late in design or afterward. 6-4 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 with the expected conditions resulting from each alternative. Environmental features should be integral parts of the project.

Ahrens 1975 Ahrens. Vicksburg. Available from Superintendent of Documents.. A-1 . “Design of riprap revetments for protection against wave attack.S.” CERC Technical Report 87-17.S. “Large wave tank tests of riprap stability. Vicksburg. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. P. E. MS. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. U.. U. 1978 (Aug). Ahrens 1981a Ahrens.S. “Irregular wave runup on smooth slopes. D. 1975 (May). Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. College Park. J. Ontario. “The effect of structures and lake level on bluff and shore erosion in Berrien County. U. 23. MS. 1987 (Dec). 1974 Brater. “Approximate upper limit of irregular wave runup on riprap. Vicksburg. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. 12. DC 20402.“ Technical Report CERC-88-5. P. Michigan. MI. Vols I and II.” Engineer Report No. A. Coastal Engineering Research Center. 1974 (Nov).06. 1965 (Mar). M. 1990.” CERC Technical Paper 81-5. MS. MS. DC 20314-1000. Washington. U. J. Government Printing Office.” CERC Coastal Engineering Technical Aid 81-17. and Donnelly. J. Birkemeier 1980 Birkemeier. S.” Evaluation Report. 1981. DC 20402. P. 1980.S.S. Ahrens 1981b Ahrens. Vicksburg. Available from Department of the Army. Brater et al. “Michigan’s demonstration erosion control program. “Asphalt in hydraulic structures. U. Brebner and Donnelly 1962 Brebner. Government Printing Office. Available from Superintendent of Documents. 1981 (Dec).S. Lansing. U. 1970-74. “Prediction and control of dredged material dispersion around dredging and open-water pipeline disposal operations. P.” CERC Miscellaneous Paper 80-2. 1981 (Dec). Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. MS. Office of the Chief of Engineers.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Appendix A References EM 1110-2-1601 Hydraulic Design of Flood Control Channels EM 1110-2-1612 Ice Engineering EM 1110-2-1901 Seepage Analysis and Control for Dams EM 1110-2-2000 Standard Practice for Concrete for Civil Works Structures EM 1110-2-2300 Earth and Rock-fill Dams General Design and Construction Considerations EM 1110-2-2906 Design of Pile Foundations EM 1110-2-3300 Beach Erosion Control and Shore Protection Studies CW 02215 Geotextiles Used as Filters Shore Protection Manual (SPM). 4th ed. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Ahrens 1987 Ahrens. Barnard 1978 Barnard.S. Coastal Engineering Research Center. MD. Ahrens and Heimbaugh 1988 Ahrens. Pulaski Building. F. vers..S. J. U. W. 1988 (May). U. MS.” CERC Technical Memorandum 51. Vicksburg. 1962. Queen’s University at Kingston. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Washington. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Michigan Department of Natural Resources. and Heimbaugh. et al. Vicksburg. Washington. J. P. “Laboratory study of rubble foundations for vertical breakwaters. 1. W. P.” Manual Series No. MS.S. U. Asphalt Institute 1965 The Asphalt Institute.” Technical Report DS-78-13. Vicksburg. Low-Cost Shore Protection: Final Report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program (Section 54). “Characteristics of reef breakwaters.S.S. Automated Coastal Engineering System (ACES). U. U.

1980. Y. et al.” Coastal Sediments ’77 ASCE Specialty Conference. and Coastal Engineering Division. J. “Beach and inlet changes at Ludlam Beach. Vicksburg.. Goda 1975 Goda. Harbors. deepwater significant wave information. Vicksburg. 1980 Everts. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.. J. American Society of Civil Engineers 117 (1). J. “Concrete block revetment near Benedict. Army Corps of Engineers.” Wave Information Study Report 2. 1983 Ford.S. University of Tokyo Press. K. 8 (3).” Coastal Structures ’83 ASCE Specialty Conference. “Guidelines for the environmental impact assessment of small structures and related activities in coastal bodies of water. “Atlantic Coast water-level climate. 1970 d’Angremond. 1975b Carstea. U. Ebersole 1982 Ebersole.S. 1983. U. “Design of toe protection for coastal structures. C. et al.” Mitre Technical Report MTR 6939. and other coastal structures. W.. Port. 1981 (Jan). 1987.. F. “Evaluation of a concrete building block revetment. Waterways. “Use of asphalt in breakwater construction.” Bulletin of the Beach Erosion Board. A-2 . Dunham and Barrett 1974 Dunham.. U. Goda 1987 Goda. 1983. Ford et al. 1982 (Apr). Coastal. Giles 1978 Giles. Mississippi. et al.S.” Technical Report MTR-6916. U. “Atlantic Coast hindcast. 1964 (Jan).” CERC Miscellaneous Paper 83-2. 686-95. 307-24. U. l3-22. d’Angremond et al. 1983 (Mar). MS.” CERC Miscellaneous Report 80-3.” Proceedings Coastal Structures ’83. New Jersey. et al. L. Random seas and design of maritime structures.” CERC Miscellaneous Paper 1-64. H. “Shore protection in Harrison County. Carstea et al. 1981 (Sep). Y. The Mitre Corp. A. McLean. A. Vicksburg. 1978. 1975a Carstea. L. W. “Woven plastic cloth filters for stone seawalls.S. American Society of Civil Engineers 107 (IR3).. “Wave forces on wall.. Vicksburg. W.S. and Dolive. VA. U. Hall and Jachowski 1964 Hall. 1970. DC. Corson et al. D. 1601-27. Irrigation and Drainage Division. 1981 Corson. 1954 (July).. Vol. et al. 1975. B. VA. Goda 1985 Goda. 18. 1975. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. J.S. MS. Arlington. D. Everts et al. E. 1975. M.” WIS Report 7. (WWl). “Guidelines for the analysis of the cumulative environmental effects of small projects in navigable waters. 1991 (Jan/Feb). “An annotated bibliography on the biological effects of construction channels. “Statistical variability of sea state parameters as a function of wave spectrum. Y. Maryland. jetties.” Journal of Waterway. D. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Chen et al.. Jr.. Escoffier and Dolive 1954 Escoffier. “Hydraulic testing of plastic filter fabrics. Camfield 1991 Camfield.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Broderick 1983 Broderick. “Irregular wave deformation in the surf zone. R.” Journal. 331-41. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Washington. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. and Barrett. American Society of Civil Engineers 100. 76-9. F. L. Vicksburg.. Carstea et al.” Twelfth International Conference on Coastal Engineering. Eckert 1983 Eckert.” Journal. et al.. 1985. R. et al. MS. 1981 Chen. “Riprap stability. MS. F.” AIRH Seminar. J. MS. W. a progress report. and Jachowski. V.” Coastal Engineering in Japan. Y. 1974 (Feb). and Ocean Engineering Division. C.

“Automated coastal engineering system. Rincon Island.” Technical Report HL-82-26. 1961. MS. G. and Davidson. Mohl and Brown 1967 Mohl. Puerto Rico. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. McCartney 1976 McCartney..S. Vicksburg. D. McCartney and Ahrens 1976 McCartney. 1979. MS. Johnson and DeWitt 1978 Johnson. U. MS. Vicksburg. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. D.S. J. Vicksburg. 1957 (Jun).” CERC Miscellaneous Report 78-3. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. L. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Harris 1981 Harris. Newark. A. A. 1976 (May). B.S. Y. MS. U. 1975 (Oct). 1987 (Jun).” Technical Report HL-81-11. Vicksburg. B.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Hall 1967 Hall. 1979. 1989 Leenknecht. U. B. “Betarayleigh distribution for shallow water wave heights. “Placed-stone stability tests. Hudson 1974 Hudson. Hudson 1961 Hudson.” Proceedings of Conference Sponsored by WW Div. and Brown. “Wave forces on rubble-mound breakwaters and jetties.” Coastal Structures ’79 ASCE Specialty Conference. L. 1025-35. Leenknecht et al. “Rubble-mound structures as artificial reefs. MS. CA. 1978..S. Vicksburg. D. 1982 (Nov). Markle 1982 Markle.. U.” Miscellaneous Paper 2-453. and Ahrens. G. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. R. MS. U.S. “Concrete armor units for protection against wave attack. Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Sales 1979 Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Sales.. 1979.S.” U. P. A. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station..” Shore and Beach. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. A-3 . Vicksburg. J.” CERC Technical Memorandum 96. 1967. E. S. V. MS. “Overlay of large placed quarrystone and boulders to increase riprap stability. and Ahrens. Hudson et al.S. U.. Vicksburg. L. “Revetment stability study of Fort Fisher Historic Site. and George. U. user guide. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.. Markle and Davidson 1979 Markle. 1979 Hudson.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. P.” Tenth International Conference on Coastal Engineering.” Miscellaneous Paper H-74-2. MS. U. V.” CERC Miscellaneous Report 76-7. “Breakwater and revetment stability study. 1974 (Jan). “Factors affecting the durability of concrete in coastal structures.” CERC Special Report 5. J. B. 1981 (Feb). Vicksburg.” Technical Report HL-79-16. North Carolina. “Wave tests of revetment using machine-produced interlocking blocks. DE. Markle 1981 Markle. 28-30. L. 7. Vicksburg.” CERC Special Report No.. Sherlock. G./ ASCE. Vicksburg. “Coastal hydraulic models.” Oakland. 1967 (Oct). Hughes and Borgman 1987 Hughes. Vicksburg. D. and DeWitt. R. “Ecological effects of an artificial island. L. J. Hurme 1979 Hurme.S.S. Punta Gorda. Szuwalski. Y. G. A.S. U. 1042-51. McCartney and Ahrens 1975 McCartney. A. Jr. Vicksburg. S. et al. 1976 (Dec). MS. U. “Stability of gobi block revetment to wave attack. D. Vicksburg. U. R. “A practical design method for flexible marine retaining walls. “Tides and tidal datums in the united states.” CERC Technical Paper 76-19. 1979. and Borgman. Maryland. M. Tilamook. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. D. Y. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. “Survey of coastal revetment types. Tilghman Island. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. “Flexible revetment using interlocking concrete blocks. San Juan National Historic Site..” CERC Technical Memorandum 55. E. California. F. D. Vol 2.. A. MS. R. San Juan.S. MS. D. 1981 (Sep). L. MS. Mather 1957 Mather. U. 1989 (Aug). Oregon. MS. E. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station..

1985 (Sep). U.. 1975. Washington. and Pilarczyk.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Mulvihill et al. van der Meer and Pilarczyk 1987 van der Meer. A-4 . Report 2 .Lake Huron. 1988 (Jan). “Significant wave height for shallow water design.Lake Superior. Biological impacts of minor shoreline structures on the coastal environment: State of the art review. 378.” Ph.. H. Coastal and Ocean Engineering 111 (5). 66-80. 2d ed. Delft Technical University.” ASCE Journal of Waterways. E.” CERC Coastal Engineering Technical Aid 79-1. Seelig 1971 Seelig. “Investigation of in-shore harbor.Lake Ontario. U. Also. W. 2-449. 1979 (Jul). and Vincent. “Design of riprap cover layers for railroad relocation fills. Japan. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station 1962 U. Wiley and Sons. DC Ravens Metal Products 1981 Ravens Metal Products.S. MS. Report 2. Corrosion and corrosion control. K.S. Pittsburgh. H.” Miscellaneous Paper 2-465. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. “Design wave information for the Great Lakes.S.. Overseas Coastal Development Institute of Japan. L.” ASCE Journal of Waterways. U. H. van der Meer 1988a van der Meer. Thompson and Vincent 1985 Thompson. F. Vicksburg. Site X.S. Vicksburg.. J. 1957. 1980. and Schmertmann. The Netherlands. Vicksburg. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station 1966 U.S. 1979 Stoa. 1966.S.S. W. L.S. 1988. “Stability of breakwater armour layers deterministic and probabilistic design.” Sixth International Conference on Coastal Engineering. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. MS. Resio and Vincent 1976-1978 Resio. Coastal. 1981. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. of Civil Engineering.” Delft Hydraulics Communication No. J.” Technical Report 2-740. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Technical Standards for Port and Harbour Facilities in Japan 1980 Technical standards for port and harbor facilities in Japan. Biological Services Program. Wiley and Sons. MS. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.Lake Michigan. The Netherlands. van der Meer 1988b van der Meer. Lake Okeechobee. Uhlig 1971 Uhlig. “The littoral environment observation (LEO) data collection program. and Ocean Engineering 114 (1). Corrosion and corrosion control. E. New York. Stoa. WV. 2 vols.” Report No. “The effect of seepage on the stability of sea walls. PA. W. MS. P. C. D. N. Jr. Report 5 . 1980 Mulvihill. U. U. MS. 1987 (Feb). Ravens retaining walls technical manual. Port. Thesis Dept. “Deterministic and probabilistic design of breakwater armour layers. Port. 1958. 1971. Report 4 . design of riprap cover layers. levee sections. Delft. L. Report 3 . Report 1 . Vicksburg.. Apr. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station 1957 U. H. N. and John Day Lock and Dam Projects. Parkersburg.S. 2nd ed. 1981 (Mar). Fish and Wildlife Service. United States Steel Corporation 1975 United States Steel Corporation. Ice Harbor. 1976-1978.D. Delft. “Rock slopes and gravel beaches under wave attack. J. Steel Sheetpiling Design Manual. W. 1980. “Wave runup on rough slopes. 1988 (Jan). Richart and Schmertmann 1958 Richart. et al. F. Florida. C. MS. U.” Technical Report H-76-1. T. P. 105-28.S. and Vincent.Lake Erie. U. FWS/OBS77/51. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Schneider 1981 Schneider. Tokyo.. Vicksburg. H. “Wave runup and overtopping.” CERC Coastal Engineering Technical Aid 81-5. Delft Hydraulics Communication No. J. C.. Vicksburg. New York. 1962. E.. 1971. 396.

1971 (Oct). C. W. “Maximum breaker height for design. U. 60-63.. Vicksburg. E. 1992 (Apr). Weggel 1972 Weggel. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.” Journal. J. Waterways. R.” CERC Miscellaneous Paper 92-3.. 1979. 1972. P.” CERC Miscellaneous Paper 92-4. D. “Overtopping rates for seawalls. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. 301-13. C. and Koller. R. J. Paper 9384. and Dinchak.” Civil Engineering 41 (10). D. Ward and Ahrens 1992 Ward. American Society of Civil Engineers 98 (WW4). R. “Soil-cement for shore protection.” Coastal Structures ’79 ASCE Specialty Conference. “Modular systems for shore protection. and Ahrens.S. U. “Prediction of overtopping rates for irregular waves on riprap revetments. MS. Harbors and Coastal Engineering Division. A-5 . Wilder and Koller 1971 Wilder. R. Wilder and Dinchak 1979 Wilder. Vicksburg.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Ward 1992 Ward.. L. G. L.S. 1992 (Apr). MS.

Uniform quarrystone structures. Rock Overlay a. being more stable. but they are acceptable for low energy shore protection applications. are recommended for high energy waves. MI Figure B-2.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Appendix B Revetments (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low as 50 percent of smooth slope runup. but it should be free of large stones and debris and should be firmly compacted before revetment construction proceeds. an intermediate layer of smaller stone below the armor layer may be needed to distribute the load and prevent rupture of the cloth. Because of their rough surface. Large-scale model tests (McCartney and Ahrens 1976) suggest that stability of such overlays is about equal to a standard design but with only about one-half the reserve strength. Rock revetments are commonly found throughout the United States with good examples existing in almost all coastal locations. (1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone weight. c. (3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be low. Stone revetments are constructed either of nearly uniform size pieces (quarrystone) or of a gradation of sizes between upper or lower limits (riprap). logs. Properly sized filter layers should be provided to prevent the loss of slope material through voids in the revetment stone. In most cases. Graded riprap revetments should be used with caution. Riprap revetments are somewhat more difficult to design and inspect because of the required close control of allowable gradations (pockets of small material must be excluded) and their tendency to be less stable under large waves. they also experience less wave runup and overtopping than smooth-faced structures. Design factors. Quarrystone revetment at Tawas Point. Economy can usually be obtained by matching the riprap design gradation limits to the local quarry-yield gradation. Figure B-1. A primary disadvantage is that stone placement generally requires heavy equipment. the steepest recommended slope is 1 on 2. Economic evaluation of rock revetments should include consideration of trade-offs that result between flatter slopes and smaller stone weights and the increased costs for excavation that usually result for flatter slopes. Quarrystone and Graded Riprap a. Prototype installations (Figures B-1 and B-2). which allows them to settle into the underlying soil or experience minor damage yet still function. Current velocities may also be important in some areas such as within tidal inlets where wave heights are low. B-1. Quarrystone revetment cross section B-2. A rock overlay consists of a layer of large quarrystone used either to upgrade a damaged or undersized stone revetment or to provide economical initial design. Design considerations. Fill material should be added where needed to achieve a uniform slope. Allowance should be made for conditions other than waves such as floating ice. If using filter cloth. General. and other debris. e. Advantages and disadvantages. d. General. B-1 . provided the disparity is not too great. b. The primary advantage of rubble revetments is their flexibility.

near Mobridge. Design factors. A field stone revetment can be constructed using a single layer of heavy subrounded to rounded boulders as the armor layer. was selected for above-water placement. Prototype installation (Figures B-5 and B-6). for underwater portions of the section. but satisfactory performance is possible when care is used in placement. A zero-damage wave height of 5 ft was adopted for design. (1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone weight. A rock overlay was used to rehabilitate a damaged riprap revetment along a railroad embankment on Lake Oahe. General. SD B-2 . Kauai. and the gradation limits were 150 to 600 lb (13 to 20 in.900-ft-long revetment was built in May 1980 at Kekaha. A 5. (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low as 50 percent of smooth slope runup. The overlay covered the entire 4. Large stone overlay revetment at Oahe Reservoir.).500-ft-long embankment. SD. The crest elevation is +12 ft MLLW.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 b. Prototype installations (Figures B-3 and B-4). Special placement is needed to obtain a close-fitting section.5 to Figure B-3. A layer thickness of 16 to 18 in. This was increased to 30 in.). and the slope is 1 on 1. Field Stone a.5. c. Overlay construction was completed in 1971 and was reported to be stable through 1976. Armor stone weights range from 1. The rock overlay was sized so that W50 was 300 lb (16 in. The existing riprap revetment had been damaged by 5-ft waves along 2. (3) Wave reflection is expected to be low. (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low as 50 percent of smooth slope runup. with a southern exposure on the open Pacific coast. Design factors. The rounded shapes would normally be considered inadequate for multilayered structures.500 ft of existing revetment. (3) Wave reflection is expected to be low. (1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone weight. c. B-3.700 ft of the 4. HI. b.

Kauai.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-4. Large stone overlay revetment cross section Figure B-5. HI B-3 . Field stone revetment at Kekaha Beach.

with each piece shaped so that the longest dimension is no greater than three times the shortest. c. but the rubble was broken into a wide gradation. (2) Wave runup potential for random placement is to be as low as 50 percent of smooth slope runup. and a bedding layer that ranges from quarry spalls to 50-lb stone. Other examples of concrete rubble revetments occur throughout the United States. with underlayer stone from 300 to 500 lb. about 15 miles southeast of Houston. An alternative method would utilize shaped-rubble. Design factors (estimated). Failures of concrete revetments have frequently occurred in the past. For poorly graded. thus increasing the revetment stability and minimizing uplift from wave forces. The fetch length at the site is about 3 miles. Constructed in 1976.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-6. B-4 . and waves are seldom greater than 3 ft high. on the northwest shore of upper Galveston Bay. The final report on the Shore Erosion Control Demonstration Program (Section 54) contains an example of a concrete rubble revetment at Shoreacres. stacked on a slope. to create a stepped face.6 ft. Asphalt a. The concrete used in such structures should have the durability to resist abrasion by waterborne debris and attack by salt water and freeze-thaw cycles. Field stone revetment cross section 2. it weathered several major storms without significant damage through the end of 1980. Broken Concrete Rubble a. thinner structures. Mean tide range at the site is 1. General. Asphalt has been used for revetment construction in a number of ways: as standard asphaltic (1) Zero-damage wave height is less than 3 ft. a properly designed filter layer must be provided. all protruding reinforcing bars should be burned off prior to placement. A concrete rubble revetment utilizes a waste product that otherwise is usually a nuisance. Revetments that have failed at many locations have often consisted of a single layer of rubble dumped on a slope. Prototype installations (Figures B-7 and B-8). No filter material was used. This would be expected to occur only for thick revetments containing well-graded rubble. In addition. TX. An improved procedure would be a thicker layer of rubble. (3) Wave reflection potential for random placement is estimated to be as low as 50 percent. The structure thickness permitted the natural formation of a filter through sorting processes. mostly because of neglect of drainage and filtering requirements. B-4.5 tons. The rubble would be laid directly on the filter layer. General. b. B-5.

Patch asphalt. This procedure has potential either for repairing damaged revetment sections or for original construction. It was placed in two lifts with welded wire fabric placed between the lifts (Asphalt Institute 1965). (1) Zero-damage wave height is estimated to be for: Paving: Function of layer thickness Mastic: 2 to 4 ft Patch: Function of rock size (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be for: Paving: 100 percent of smooth slope runup Mastic: 80-100 percent of smooth slope runup as function of the thickness of mastic Patch: 60-70 percent of smooth slope runup Figure B-8. Prototype installations. and quality control is difficult. The paving is somewhat flexible which does enhance its stability. In an asphalt mastic revetment. This consisted of a 1-ft-thick layer of slope protection on the 1 on 4 upstream dam face. Asphaltic concrete paving consists of a standard paving that is placed on a slope as armoring. Figure B-7. placed on a 1 on 4 slope. A similar treatment was tested at Bonny Dam in Colorado (Figure B-9) (McCartney 1976). The bottom one-third then serves as a reserve should the patch be washed out (d’Angremond et al. Broken concrete revetment at Shore Acres. Patches of asphalt can be poured on a rock slope to bind 5 to 10 rocks together. asphalt placement underwater is difficult and expensive. 1970). Long-term performance data are not available. Broken concrete revetment cross section concrete paving. c. an asphalt concrete revetment protects both sides of a 2. A rock-asphalt mastic revetment was B-5 . as asphalt mastic to bind large stones. Design factors. This results in a rock-asphalt matrix with superior stability compared to plain rock used alone. is 4 in. A layer thickness equal to three nominal stone diameters is recommended with the patch generally penetrating only the top two-thirds. In addition.200-ft-long causeway that extends into Chesapeake Bay. thick. and as patch asphalt to join small groups of stone (5 to 10) when it is poured on a slope. b. Asphaltic concrete paving. a layer of riprap or quarrystone is bound by pouring hot asphalt over it. Underwater construction is a problem since the mastic cools too quickly to effectively penetrate and bind the (3) Wave reflection potential is estimated for: Paving and Mastic: High Patch: Medium f. Asphalt paving was used at the Glen Anne Dam in California. Stability is an unknown function of the layer thickness. MD.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 rocks together. The revetment. but proper filtering and hydrostatic pressure relief are essential due to the impermeable nature of asphalt paving. At another site at Point Lookout. Model tests revealed an increase in the stability coefficient of two or three times over a nonpatch asphalt slope (McCartney and Ahrens 1976). d. TX e. The extent of this problem is a function of the water depth. Asphalt mastic.

Prototype installations. (1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of armor unit size. Concrete Armor Units a. Asphaltic concrete revetment cross section installed at Michiana. are usually not economical where there is a local source of suitable rock. Size selection is in accordance with the methods outlined in paragraphs 2-15 to 2-18. In addition. including revetments. Hudson (1974) contains examples of coastal structures utilizing concrete armor units. Design factors. model tests of various armor unit shapes have been made by CERC (McCartney 1976) at WES (Figures B-10 and B-11) and other laboratories. c. (1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of concrete thickness. 1974). B-7. b. (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be 100 percent of smooth slope runup. B-6 . General. It consisted of a thin layer of small rock (less than 12 in. (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be 50 to 80 percent of smooth slope runup. Toe protection may be either dumped rock or a sheet pile cutoff wall. Concrete armor units such as tribars. Concrete units. No prototype installations of patch asphalt revetments have been reported. This revetment performed well for a short time then deteriorated (Brater et al. MI. B-6. however. and dolosse can be used in place of stone for rubble structures.) covered with asphalt to form a mat. Construction of this kind is usually more expensive than riprap or quarrystone. some kinds of armor units exhibit stability against wave attack equaling two to six times that of equal weight armor stones. The face can be smooth or stepped. and the structure may be capped with a curved lip to limit overtopping from wave runup. (3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be low to medium. Revetments of this kind consist of a slab-on-grade cast in place at the site. General. on Lake Michigan. Formed Concrete a. Design factors. (3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be high.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-9. As described in those paragraphs. b. tetrapods. and provision must be made for relief of hydrostatic pressures behind the wall and for proper filtering.

Fort Belvoir. Concrete tribars (armor unit) test section at CERC.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-10. VA Figure B-11. Concrete tribar revetment cross section B-7 .

Erco blocks are similar. Both single and double mats require machine placement. Subsequent performance data are unavailable. other units soon dislodge and complete failure may result. MD Zero-damage wave height: Figure B-13. and new shapes are being offered on a regular B-8 . Formed concrete revetment. basis to replace those that have not been accepted by the marketplace. MD (Figures B-12 and B-13). A stable foundation is required since settlement of the toe or subgrade can cause displacement of the units and ultimate failure. Figure B-12. Revetment blocks are usually designed with various intermeshing or interlocking features. Designers must be prepared to invest time to stay abreast of current developments in this field. The disadvantage of concrete blocks is that the interlocking feature between units must be maintained. Also. Once one block is lost. and any grass that grows through the block openings will further increase the strength. Mats are preferred at sites where vandalism or theft is possible. General. The latter are called Gobimats (Ercomats) or Jumbo Ercomats. or they are factory-glued to carrier strips of filter cloth. Back filling of the blocks with sand or gravel increases the stability of the revetment. Prototype installations. Formed concrete revetment cross section Blocks: 2 ft (McCartney 1976) Mats: 4 ft (estimated) Wave runup potential: 90 percent of smooth slope runup (Stoa 1979) Wave reflection potential: High (estimated) B-8. they are called double Gobimats (Ercomats) or double Jumbo Ercomats. Pioneer Point. Concrete Blocks (Figure B-14) Prefabricated concrete blocks are commonly used as a substitute for quarrystone or riprap. Blocks designed for hand placement have vertical sides to provide the tightest possible fit. but they are offered by a different licensed manufacturer. most concrete block revetments have relatively smooth faces that can lead to significantly higher wave runup and overtopping than those with dumped rock. but such revetments should be relatively maintenance-free for many years provided there is control over toe scour and flanking. uniform appearance. Many designs are available. Gobi blocks are patented units that weigh about 13 lb each. Jumbo blocks are large-sized Erco blocks that weigh about 105 lb each. b. Blocks have the advantage of a neat. Revetments similar to the one shown have been built throughout the United States. back-to-back. Gobi (Erco) and Jumbo Blocks and Mats a. depending on the size of the units. The blocks used for producing mats have tapered sides to facilitate bending. B-9. and many of the units are patented. A revetment of formed concrete was built before 1966 at Cambridge. Design factors. and many units are light enough to be installed by hand once the slope has been prepared. The units are designed for hand placement on a filter cloth. If the blocks are glued to both sides of the carrier strip.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 c.

were susceptible to unravelling after the initial blocks were lost. individually placed. B-9 . Prototype installations (Figures B-15 and B-16).EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-14. the revetment suffered only relatively minor damages prior to Tropical Storm Claudette in July 1979.5 in. Waves during that storm probably exceeded the design condition. Turfblocks are patented units that are designed for hand placement on a filter with the long axes parallel to the shoreline. According to the final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program (Section 54) the largest Gobi block revetment in the United States is probably the one located at Holly Beach. which occupies about 4 miles of shore front. Use of mats with the blocks glued to the carrier strips would be preferable for areas where waves greater than 3 ft are likely. Field installations have not yielded conclusive results. Each block measures 16 × 24 × 4. and weighs approximately 100 lb. Installed in 1970 and repaired and extended in 1976. flat shape requires a stable foundation. LA. and the blocks. B-10. Concrete revetment blocks c. General. but their performance should be similar to that of Jumbo Erco blocks. which displaced or otherwise damaged about onehalf of the revetment. Their thin. Turfblocks or Monoslabs a.

Well-documented in the final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program (Section 54) is an example of a Turfblock revetment at Port Wing.5 ft in diameter by 1 ft in height. Blocks left resting on boulders became tilted and vulnerable to overturning. which weighs 240 lb. The rings are placed side-by-side on a slope over a filter. it immediately experienced greater than design wave conditions. Large waves overtopped the structure. on Lake Superior. Gobi block revetment. Better Figure 15. The most likely cause of failure was uncompacted fill material that contained large boulders. Gobi block revetment cross section B-10 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 (3) Wave reflection potential is high. (2) Wave runup potential is 90 percent of smooth slope runup. 2. Completed early in November 1978. Holly Beach. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 2 ft. Breaking wave heights during the storm were estimated to be greater than 6 ft. c. Prototype installation (Figures B-17 and B-18). Failure may have begun with a few isolated blocks and then quickly spread throughout the revetment. and considerable displacement and settling of the blocks occurred. The Nami Ring is a patented concrete block shaped like a short section of pipe. b. WI. LA as any differential settlement beneath the blocks makes them susceptible to overturning under wave action. Figure B-16. B-11. General. Nami Rings a. Consolidation of this material after construction was completed may have subjected the blocks to differential settlement. The blocks seem to be sufficiently heavy because they were not displaced very far from their initial positions. Design factors (estimated).

(1) Zero-damage wave height is 3 ft. A fairly well-documented site (final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program) is at Little Girls Point. Nami Rings are susceptible to severe abrasion and damage by waterborne cobbles and. should be used primarily in sandy environments. Sand or gravel caught in the wave turbulence tends to be deposited inside the rings and in the voids between adjacent rings. and better Figure B-17. on Lake Superior. and the revetment was installed on the existing beach without excavating the toe to LWD. however. Better performance would have occurred with a properly graded slope. toe protection. A 300-ft Nami Ring revetment was placed there in 1974. Figure B-18. (2) Wave runup potential is 50 to 90 percent of smooth slope runup. Field surveys in 1979 showed that the revetment was almost entirely filled with littoral material and was no longer functioning as originally intended. c. WI performance has been observed when the rings are joined together with tie rods. The revetment was intended as toe protection for an eroding bluff and was to be installed on a 1V on 1. The number of blocks was insufficient. (3) Wave reflection potential is medium to high. The revetment was too low to prevent significant overtopping. Regrading was never done. therefore. so that runup increases with age. Port Wing. Because of their shape. Design factors (estimated). The filled rings offer a considerably smooth surface. MI. The rings were susceptible to waterborne debris. Turfblock revetment. adding to the stability of the section and protecting the filter cloth. Many were shattered by high waves. Their ability to trap sand is impressive and this protective mantle tends to shield the rings from damage. Prototype installation (Figures B-19 and B-20). Turfblock revetment cross section B-11 .5H graded slope along the beach at the bluff’s base.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 b.

MI filtering. B-13. Concrete Control Blocks Figure B-20. General. it utilized standard 8. General. Special concrete mixes should be used when possible. The failure has been the most a. a storm dislodged several blocks. Overall. and the toe settled unevenly into the lake bottom. Concrete control blocks come in various sizes and are similar to standard concrete construction blocks except that protrusions in the block ends provide a tongue-and-groove interlock between units. In April 1980. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 4 ft. (2) Wave runup potential is 50 to 90 percent of smooth slope runup. the blocks can be aligned with their long axes parallel to shore. They form a deep. mild wave climate area of this site. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 5 ft.by 16-in. Concrete block revetments have been built throughout the United States (Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program Report). Prototype installations (Figures B-21 and B-22). c. they were readily displaced again by large waves. the structure performed adequately in the sheltered. In January 1980. Designed to be hand placed on a filter cloth with the cells vertical. Improved filtering is especially important because the initial failure occurred in the half of the revetment that had no filter and then spread to the other half that was underlain with filter cloth. Nami Ring revetment cross section Figure B-19. but optimum performance probably results from placement perpendicular to the water’s edge. but they are highly susceptible to theft. the blocks were inadvertently placed with their long axes parallel to shore. (3) Wave reflection potential is high. B-12. Monitoring data are available for one built along the north shore of Lake Pontchartrain in Louisiana. a reason for caution when using common materials such as these. B-12 . During repair efforts. tightly fitting section which is stable provided the toe and flanks are adequately protected. b. Their general availability is a primary advantage. a section of blocks was stolen from the revetment. Nami Ring revetment. (2) Wave runup potential is 80 to 90 percent of smooth slope runup. Another disadvantage is that standard concrete for building construction is not sufficiently durable to provide more than a few years service in a marine environment. This displacement suggests that greater stability may be available when blocks are placed with their long axes perpendicular to shore. blocks placed hollows-up on a woven filter cloth.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 prominent problem with concrete construction block revetments tested at prototype scale (Giles 1978). consequently. Design factors (estimated). Standard concrete construction blocks can be hand placed on a filter cloth with their long axes perpendicular to the shoreline and the hollows vertical. Concrete construction blocks a. Little Girls Point. b. Constructed in November 1979. Design factors (estimated).

blocks (also 8 in. by 16-in. B-24. WI. The blocks near the waterline were clearly showing signs of deterioration by 1979 as shown in Figure B-23. (1) Zero-damage wave heights. Simple burial of the toe appears to be an inadequate treatment (1) Small blocks (Figures B-26 and B-27). The devices performed well through 1982 and withstood several episodes of large waves. Also. the concrete used in manufacturing the blocks appears inadequate to withstand abrasion and freeze-thaw cycles at the site. LA Design factors. MD. Shiplap Blocks a. (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be 90 to 100 percent of smooth slope runup. Fontainebleau. and the other used smaller 8-in. c. (3) Wave reflection potential is medium to high. Large blocks: 5 ft (estimated). B-14. c.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 at this site. including the one in November 1978 that destroyed the neighboring Turfblock revetment (paragraph B-10). b. blocks (8 in. General. deep). deep). The first widely known shiplap block revetment was the one built on the east bank of the Patuxent River opposite Benedict. it Figure B-22. Shiplap blocks are formed by joining standard or other size patio blocks with an epoxy adhesive. The resulting weight of the units depends on the size of the basic blocks used. One revetment used 10-in. and B-25). Table B-1 lists the weights for several block sizes. by 16-in. Described in Hall and Jachowski (1964). In both cases the long axes were placed parallel to the waterline and utilized a simple buried toe. Concrete construction block revetment cross section B-13 . Figure B-21. Concrete construction block revetment. Small blocks: 4 ft (Hall and Jachowski 1964). Prototype installations. State Park. on Lake Superior in October 1978 (Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program Report). Two small revetments using control blocks were constructed at Port Wing. and progressive unravelling of the revetment from the toe was evident by 1982. Prototype installation (Figures B-23. (3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be high.

Concrete control block revetment. MD (Hall 1967).by 18. A large revetment was constructed at Jupiter Island. Detail of erosion of concrete control blocks Figure B-24. using similar 18. blocks glued together at a 3-in. 10. with alternating 3-ft square.and 14-in. and provided long service. The structure was completed in July 1962. WI consisted of units of two 8. offset in two directions. thick blocks (Wilder and Koller 1971). (2) Large blocks. This revetment was later damaged during a storm with failure occurring either due to a weakness at the toe or through inadequate filtering or hydrostatic pressure relief. blocks revealed the need for spacers or slots to relieve excess hydrostatic pressures behind the blocks. A similar revetment was constructed in 1964 near the mouth of the Choptank River in the vicinity of Oxford.by 16.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-23. Port Wing.by 3-in. Model tests at prototype scale. FL.by 2-in. B-14 .

8 18 36 36 x x x x 16 18 36 36 x x x x 4 6 20 28 Weight lb 40 160 2. Lok-Gard blocks are joined with a tongue-and-groove system. Concrete control block revetment cross section Table B-1 Shiplap Block Weights Two-Block Glued Unit in. so only blocks with pressure relief slots along one side should be used. Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth slope runup.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-25. Lok-Gard Blocks a. MD. Relief of hydrostatic pressure is critical. Wave reflection potential is high. A Lok-Gard revetment was constructed on Tilghman Island at Cedarhust. General. Benedict. Eight hundred feet of shoreline were protected with blocks placed on a 1V:2H slope. Zero-damage wave height is 4 ft.940 B-15. b.100 2. Shiplap block revetment. c. The finished revetment has a smooth surface which results in high runup and overtopping potential. in the 1960’s (Mohl and Brown 1967). The estimated storm wave height at the site was 5 ft which is approximately at the upper stability range for these blocks (Hall 1967). Design factors (estimated). A similar revetment was constructed along the Jensen Beach Causeway in Figure B-26. MD B-15 . The patented 80-lb units are designed for hand placement with their long axes perpendicular to shore. Prototype installations.

and maximum expected waves are on the order of 3 ft high. The uniform interlocking of the 50-lb units creates a neat. Fabric Containers Several manufacturers produce bags and mats in various sizes and fabrics that can be used for revetment construction when filled either with sand or a lean concrete mixture. In addition. Figure B-28. Prototype installations (Figures B-30 and B-31). Mattresses are designed to be laid flat on a B-16. (3) Wave reflection potential is high. clean appearance. Bags can be placed directly on the slope in a single layer. and a typical Terrafix revetment section are shown. General. FL B-17. the adjacent blocks. Specific details about field installations and locations are unknown. Design factors (estimated). holes through the center of each block allow for stainless steel wire connection of many individual blocks. c. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 5 ft. Jensen Beach Causeway. A photograph of a site at Two Mile. Terrafix Blocks a. (2) Wave runup potential is 90 percent of smooth slope runup. Performance was satisfactory through 1982. b. or they can be stacked in a multiple layer running up the slope. The site is sheltered.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-27. Terrafix blocks are patented units that are joined with a mortise and tenon system and have cone-shaped projections which fit holes in the bottom of B-16 . Shiplap block revetment cross section Florida in 1980 (final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program) (Figures B-28 and B-29). Lok-Gard block revetment. FL.

and degradation under ultraviolet light.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-29. damage from waterborne debris. Placement should always be on a stable slope. Sand-filled units are relatively flexible and can be repaired easily. FL slope. Terrafix block revetment. Concrete fill eliminates these problems at a high cost and loss of structural flexibility. The advantages of bag revetments are their ease of construction and moderate initial cost. A stacked bag revetment can be placed on a steeper slope than a blanket revetment or B-17 . Lok-Gard block revetment cross section Figure B-30. Two Mile. Their disadvantages are susceptibility to vandalism.

General. Mattresses a. through 1980. Terrafix block revetment cross section mattress. Built in 1968. This results in a mass of pillow-like concrete sections with regularly spaced filter meshes for hydrostatic pressure relief. Design factors (estimated). Installation should always be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Figure B-32. (2) Wave runup potential is 95 to 100 percent of smooth slope runup. location unknown (1) Zero-damage wave height is 3 ft. The panels were anchored in a trench about 7 ft above the high water level. Because the mattress is essentially a collection of discrete concrete B-18 . Laid in place when empty. b. was functioning as designed. c. but in no case should the slope exceed IV on 1. they are joined together and then pumped full of concrete.5 H. Mattresses are designed for placement directly on a prepared slope. the Fabriform nylon mat was placed 53 ft down a 1-on-1. Fabriform revetment.5-slope and.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-31. The best example of a concrete mattress subjected to wave action is the upstream face of Allegheny Reservoir (Kinzua Dam) in northern Pennsylvania and southern New York. Prototype installation (Figures B-32 and B-33). A large portion of the lower part of the revetment was constructed with the nylon fabric forms under water. (3) Wave reflection potential is high. B-18.

This type of structure consists of bags that are stacked pyramid-fashion at the base of a slope or bluff. An excellent example of a bag revetment is one constructed in June 1978 at Oak Harbor. (2) Wave runup potential for: Blankets is 90 percent of smooth slope runup. One or two layers of bags placed directly on a slope are suitable for temporary. Prototype installation. the mats may be damaged by heavy floating debris. The structure was built in two halves. WA. Grout or concrete-filled bags can be further stabilized with steel rods driven through the bags.0 ft for small bag stacks.5 ft for small bag blankets. there is a danger of cracking and breaking of the mat under differential settlement. sufficient space should be provided between the structure and the bluff to preclude damages in the event of bluff slumping and to provide an apron to absorb wave energy that overtops the structure thereby protecting the toe of the bank from scour. or other short-term protection. 2. In addition. (1) General description (Figures B-34 and B-35). on Puget Sound. Bags a. (3) Wave reflection potential is high. d. Blanket revetment. The dry-mix sacks in each tier were systematically punctured with pitch forks and flooded with fresh water from a B-19 . rounded contours of the bags present an interlocking problem. the bags should be kept underfilled to create a flatter shape with a greater surface contact area. and they slide easily. Stacked-bag revetment. c.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-33. and the joints should be offset as in brickwork. Fabriform revetment cross section masses that are joined together.0 ft for large bag blankets. one using ready-mix concrete in burlap bags and the other using a commonly available dry sand-cement mix in paper sacks. B-19.0 ft for large bag stacks. b. Design factors (estimated). emergency. Also. (1) Zero-damage wave heights: 1. 3. The long axes of the bags should be parallel to shore. 2. The smooth. Stacked bags is 80 percent of smooth slope runup. For improved stability. The same precautions about underfilling the bags for greater stability should be observed with this kind of structure.

The landward ends of these pipes were wrapped with filter cloth to prevent passage of fines through the drain pipes. B-20 . Several severe storms have struck the site with breaking wave heights of 3. Also. PVC drain pipes were provided at 10-ft centers for hydrostatic pressure relief. Bag revetment cross section garden hose before the next tier was placed.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-34. WA Figure B-35. (2) Performance. Note from the cross sections that a gravel filter was used behind the burlap bags and a filter cloth behind the paper sacks. Bag revetment at Oak Harbor.5 ft or more.

standard gabion baskets are 3 ft wide and available in lengths of 6. and 12 ft and thicknesses of 1. although care must be taken to ensure relief of hydrostatic pressures. and half was placed on filter cloth. To ensure best performance. Note that half of the revetment was placed on a gravel filter.to 8-in. however. Prototype installation (Figures B-36 and B-37). At the jobsite. and they should be refilled as necessary to maintain tight packing. Steel Fuel Barrels a. (2) Wave runup potential is 80 percent of smooth slope runup.5 to 4. The standard baskets are generally preferred over mattresses because they are fabricated of heavier wire (approximately 11 gauge versus approximately 13-1/2 gauge). b. the baskets should be tightly packed to minimize movement of the interior stone and subsequent damage to the wire. For that reason. The structure weathered several storms in the ensuing 2 years and suffered little damage attributable to the gabions themselves (backfill was lost in several areas where no filter had been placed). in June 1978 (final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). and 3 ft. One advantage of a gabion structure is that it can be built without heavy equipment. This displacement eventually led to a partial unravelling of the burlap bag structure proceeding from the toe at a point of especially severe wave attack. f. c. Gabion structures require periodic inspections so that repairs are made before serious damage occurs. Gabions are flexible and can maintain their function even if the foundation settles. e. Subdivided into approximately equally sized cells. 9. and the critical seaward barrels should be capped with concrete. (3) Wave reflection potential is high. forming a large. thick.5. the baskets are unfolded and assembled by lacing the edges together with steel wire. (3) Wave reflection potential is medium to high. refilling them. Design factors (estimated). d. They can be repaired by opening the baskets. Rusted and broken wire baskets also pose a safety hazard. AK. since structural performance depends on the continuity of the wire mesh. General. B-21. This type of revetment is limited to remote areas where there is an abundance of used fuel barrels of little salvageable value. General. but the toe rock was displaced. partial burial of the barrels increases stability. did appear to nest better than the paper sacks. Disadvantages. Design factors (estimated). B-20. and the ready-mix concrete will probably provide a longer service life than the dry sand-cement mix. b. however. steel wire in a hexagonal mesh. The individual baskets are then wired together and filled with 4.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Neither structure suffered significant damages as a result of these storms. A barrel revetment was constructed at Kotzebue. The barrels should be completely filled with coarse granular material to preclude damage by floe ice and debris. Also. WA. Mattresses are either 9 or 12 in. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 5 ft. Advantages. and then wiring them shut again. Gabions should not be used where bombardment by waterborne debris or cobbles is present or where foot traffic across them is expected. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 3 ft. off the Arctic Ocean during the summers of 1978 and 1979 B-21 . heavy mass. Due to rapid corrosion of the barrels in warm water. Interior liners or sandbags to contain smaller sized material are not recommended. Also. the bag revetments proved to be an excellent and economical solution at this site. The baskets should be filled tightly to prevent movement of the stone. Design precautions. Gabions a. One disadvantage of a gabion structure is that the baskets may be opened by wave action. The lids are finally closed and laced to the baskets. Performance was adequate at this site where breaking wave heights probably did not exceed 3. Overall. Baskets must be filled in place to allow them to be laced to adjacent units prior to filling. Prototype installation (Figures B-38 and B-39). (2) Wave runup potential is 80 percent of smooth slope runup. use properly sized filler rock.0 ft. and sometimes also PVCcoated. 1. A gabion revetment was constructed at Oak Harbor. abrasion and damage to the PVC coating can lead to rapid corrosion of the wire and failure of the baskets. Gabions are rectangular baskets or mattresses made of galvanized. They can also be repaired with shotcrete. c. the system is reliable only in Arctic regions. The burlap bags.-diam stone.

WA Figure B-37. Gabion revetment. Oak Harbor.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-36. Gabion revetment cross section B-22 .

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-38. Steel fuel barrel revetment plan and cross section B-23 . AK Figure B-39. Steel fuel barrel revetment. Kotzebue.

Failures have been numerous. however. however. but retention of this fill was difficult without the use of expensive concrete caps or other positive means. A concrete slab revetment constructed at Alameda. it forms a hard. (2) Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth slope runup. B-22. c. inadequate toe protection. as expedient. The fabric can be used alone. Design factors (estimated). were hoisted into place by crane. The first utilized a filter cloth with large pre-sewn ballast pockets to help hold the filter cloth panel in place. They do have some potential. General. usually due to improper provision for filtering. A typical mixture may contain 7 to 14 percent portland cement and 10 percent water by weight of dry soil. The slabs. The structure was placed on a sand fill at a 1-on-0.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program).5 to 1 ft. Two filter cloth revetments that have been documented were built at Fontainebleau State Park. of shell and then with 6 in. c. b. When compacted while moist. water. The structure failed under wave action because of inadequate toe protection. Revetments using filter cloth or other fabrics as the slope’s armor layer have not been successful. Use of soil cement in shore protection is discussed in Wilder and Dinchak (1979). Performance was acceptable. in November 1978. they provide a massive. Placed directly on a slope. LA. and soil. although wavedriven ice floes damaged some of the barrels at the seaward end of the structure. Design factors (estimated). Prototype installation (Figures B-44 and B-45). Gravel fill within the barrels limited the damages. B-23. (2) Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth slope runup. Fabric a. b. Soil cement is a mixture of portland cement. obtained from a building demolition site. of topsoil which was seeded with Bermuda grass and fertilized. Design factors. Performance of both revetments was poor. (2) Wave runup potential is 80 to 90 percent of smooth slope runup (Stoa 1979). Prototype installations (Figures B-40 and B-41). (3) Wave reflection potential is high. Prototype installation (Figures B-42 and B-43). Concrete Slabs a. and one slab was cracked during this operation. failure of the filter cloth under the shifting slabs. durable material with properties similar to concrete and rock. (1) Zero-damage wave height depends on layer thickness and quality control during construction up to an estimated 10-ft maximum. General. General. b. The outer rows of pockets were filled with bags of sand-cement and the interior pockets were filled with shell. emergency devices when speed of construction or lack of suitable armor materials necessitate their use. The entire cloth was covered with 6 in. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 1 to 5 ft depending on the thickness of the slabs. (3) Wave reflection potential is estimated to be high. Instead of using the loops. (1) Zero-damage wave height is 0. B-24. Soil Cement a. heavy structure that is not easily moved by wave action. or it can be combined with some form of ballast to add stability. Large concrete slabs salvaged from demolition work have often been used for shore protection. c. (3) Wave reflection potential is high. however. and inherent instability of the underlying 60-deg slope. and lack of flank protection. One of the oldest known soil cement installations in the United States is a test section on the southeast shore of B-24 . and neither form of anchoring was sufficient for stability for a period longer than a few months. The other revetment was constructed with the same cloth but with pre-sewn loops to which ballast (115-lb blocks) could be attached to anchor the cloth. the blocks were anchored to the cloth with galvanized iron pins driven through the holes in the blocks. in the fall of 1979 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). is illustrative of the problems commonly experienced with this kind of structure (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). flanking. CA.6 slope with an underlying nonwoven filter cloth.

-thick by 7-ft-wide horizontal layers of soil cement with about a 1-on-2 slope to the exposed stairstep face. constructed in stairstep fashion. and having 2.000 ft of soil cement revetments. have successfully withstood repeated attacks by waves up to 10 ft high (measured offshore) since their completion in 1975 (Wilder and Dinchak 1979). B-25 . b. Design factors (estimated). (1) Zero-damage wave height is 1 ft. Constructed in 1951. Such structures can be durable. Tire mattresses consist of loose or connected scrap tires placed on a filter and filled with a sand-cement or ready-mix concrete ballast. it remains in good structural condition. General. and inexpensive provided the weight of the filled tires provides adequate stability. Fontainebleaus State Park.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-40. B-25. Fabric revetments. Fabric revetment cross section Bonny Reservoir in eastern Colorado. LA Figure B-41. flexible. Quebec. At three sites on the north shore of the Gaspe Peninsula. 6.5-ft thickness normal to the slope. Tire Mattresses a. It consists of a series of 6-in.

Concrete slab revetment cross section B-26 . Alameda. CA Figure B-43.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-42. Concrete slab revetment.

at Fontainebleau State Park. LA (final report on Shoreline B-27 . Soil cement revetment cross section (2) Wave runup potential is 90 percent of smooth slope runup. Bonny Dam. A prototype structure was built in October 1979. Soil cement revetment. c. CO Figure B-45. (3) Wave reflection potential is high.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-44. Prototype installation (Figures B-46 and B-47).

Windrows provide an alternative method of utilizing rock for slope protection. section is shown in Figure B-48. Unknown. a. One contributing factor to the failure was the use of dry sand-cement which led to incomplete filling of the tires and significantly reduced the weight per unit. Prototype installations. (3) Wave reflection potential is high. if a large quantity B-28 .625-in. Design factors (estimated). along with a suitable method of strongly anchoring the mats to the subgrade. given adequate toe protection and filtering. Presumably. Windrows Erosion Control Demonstration Program). A possible Figure B-46. The obvious disadvantage is that the random launching of this material down the slope probably does not allow for formation of an adequate filter layer beneath the larger armor stones. the rock can be stockpiled at the top of a slope to be released when erosion causes the bank to retreat. b. A filter cloth was placed on a prepared 1-on-3 slope.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 B-26. (2) Wave runup potential is 100 percent of smooth slope runup. General. and the revetment was completed with another row of bags at the crest. Fontainebleau State Park. Tire mattress revetment cross section Figure B-48.-thick fiberglass molded into a waffle pattern with a weight of about 1 lb/ft2. and the first row of tires was placed on this overlap (Dutch toe method). Mo-Mat is one form of landing mat consisting of 0. General. (1) Zero-damage wave height depends on strength of anchoring system and is probably in the range of 1 to 2 ft. Landing Mats a. It may be used as revetment armoring in mild wave climates. As an alternative. The structure remained stable until April 1980 when a storm displaced about 50 percent of the tires. LA Figure B-47. and two rows of sand-cement bags were placed along the lakeward edge to act as toe protection. Landing mat revetment B-27. the rock can be placed in a trench at the top of the bank and covered with soil and seed. c. The tires were filled with a dry sand-cement mixture. The filter cloth was lapped over the bags at the toe. Instead of incurring the expense of constructing a formal revetment structure. In either case. Tire mattress revetment. although the structure still continued to function after that. the cost is probably less than with a formal revetment.

Actual sites are unknown.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 of well-graded stone were stockpiled in the windrow. Marsh grasses can be used as a buffer zone to dissipate incoming wave energy. giant reed (Phragmites australis). but the method has apparently received widespread use for riverbank protection in some areas of the country. Figure B-49. in 1973 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). Vegetation a. smooth cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora). and other species can be used in the area above the intertidal zone to directly protect and stabilize the shoreline. conditions. The appropriate species to use varies throughout the country. (1) Zero-damage wave height is a function of stone size and gradation. however. Smooth cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) is excellent for marsh plantings in many areas. c. Prototype installations. b. Windrow revetment B-28.and broad-leaved cattails (Typha augustifolia and T. where neither this nor other marsh species have been particularly successful for stabilizing shorelines. Profiles taken through the site and through an unplanted control area revealed that the erosion rate decreased as the vegetation became established in the planted area. This method could be used at a site where some bank recession is acceptable before the windrow revetment is needed. while the protected area was stable and even accreting slightly. and black needle rush (Juncus roemerianus) were planted at a site on Currituck Sound.8 ft per year. natural sorting processes would eventually lead to development of an adequate filter given sufficient time and material. Vegetation can be a highly effective shore protection method when used under the right B-29 . NC. narrow. General. latifolia). Prototype installations (Figure B-50). The best species for planting above the intertidal zone vary throughout the country. Design factors. (2) Wave runup potential is estimated to be as low as 50 percent of smooth slope runup. This is not true of the Great Lakes. Design factors. A possible section is shown in Figure B-49. By 1979 the control area had continued to erode at about 8. (1) Zero-damage wave height is estimated to be less than 1 ft although some installations survive in higher energy if they can become established during lower energy regimes. and only those that are well adapted to local conditions should be used. (3) Wave reflection potential is low. (2) Wave runup potential is low for well-established plantings. c. Four species of marsh plants. b. (3) Wave reflection potential is low for wellestablished plantings.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure B-50. Protective vegetative plantings B-30 .

This kind of structure combines a massive curved face with a fronting stepped section that incorporates the advantages of both of those kinds of seawalls. Cross section of curved-face seawall. Figure C-2. Curved-face seawall cross section C-2. Prototype installation. MS.-high steps. falling harmlessly back to the ground. the tremendous wave forces that must be resisted and redirected require a massive structure with an adequate foundation. or it is recurved to splash back seaward.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Appendix C Seawalls C-1. A cross section of the Galveston seawall. Curved Face a. b. A curved-face seawall is designed to accommodate the impact and runup of large waves while directing the flow away from the land being protected. measured from the base of the concrete pile caps. fairly typical of this type of construction.5 ft with nine 18-in. Figure C-4 shows the features of the Harrison County seawall. Although somewhat less massive than curved-face seawalls. Galveston. A classic example is the Galveston seawall (Figure C-1) built in response to the devastating hurricane that struck that area in 1900. The best example is the seawall near Ocean Beach in San Francisco. it is founded on piles and fronted with heavy stone toe protection. The best example is probably the Harrison County. General. The horizontal width of the structure is 13. Wave reflections from the wall also demand sturdy toe protection. General. The vertical height is about 16 ft. Cross section of prototype stepped-face wall. Stepped Face a. b. CA (Figure C-5). seawall (Escoffier and Dolive 1954). b. The total wall height is 8 ft. The structure is founded on wood piles. General. No stone toe protection is employed. Prototype installation (Figure C-3). which is typical of this type of construction. It represents what is perhaps the most massive Figure C-1. Curved-face seawall. These seawalls are designed to limit wave runup and overtopping by the hindering action of the stepped face on the advancing wave front. the general design requirements for structural stability are the same for this kind of structure. Prototype installation. TX c. consisting of eight 12-in. C-3. In addition. and sheetpiling is used as a cutoff wall to prevent undermining. is shown in Figure C-2. Combination Stepped and Curved Face a.-wide treads. A large concrete structure with a compound-radius face. c. it is forced to flow along the curving face and ultimately is released in a vertical trajectory. C-1 . As the flow strikes the wall. a sheetpile cutoff wall provides a last line of defense against toe scour that would threaten to undermine the wall.

MS Figure C-4. Harrison County.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure C-3. Stepped-face seawall cross section C-2 . Stepped-face seawall.

Cross section of a rubble-mound seawall. C-4. which is typical of this type of construction. The rough surface of such structures tends to absorb and dissipate wave energy with a minimum of wave reflection and scour. The initial stepped section rises about 10 ft to its junction with a short-radius curved face that continues vertically for an additional 10.and curved-face seawall cross section stability. which is typical of this type of construction. In addition. The rock is sized in accordance with standard selection methods for C-3 . Combination stepped. CA and curved-face coastal structure ever built in this country. and interlocking sheetpiling provides an effective cutoff wall at the toe. the lower section of the stepped face is deeply buried below the original beach face to minimize the risk that toe scour would ever approach the cutoff wall. Combination steppedseawall. c. b. Cross section of combination wall. The structure has a core of graded. Rubble a. In lieu of the rubble back slope. General.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure C-5. FL. Figure C-6 shows the features of the San Francisco seawall. c. A rubble seawall is essentially a rubble breakwater that is placed directly on the beach. a concrete parapet wall could be substituted to provide a more positive barrier to the flow of water up the beach. Prototype installation. and the structure acts to absorb and limit wave advance up the beach.5 ft. The wall is founded on piles. Figure C-6. A typical structure at Fernandina Beach. is shown in Figure C-7. San Francisco. small stones and an armor layer of large cap stones. Figure C-8 shows the features of the Fernandina Beach seawall.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure C-7. FL Figure C-8. Fernandina Beach. Rubble-mound seawall. Rubble-mound seawall cross section C-4 .

Their performance is well known and documented. General. Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Sales 1979). At marine locations. Aluminum Sheetpiling a. Fourth. but the nature of the dissolved compounds causing the pH reading is crucial. should be drilled rather than burned. Corrosion characteristics. D-4.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Appendix D Bulkheads D-1. Alloys containing copper or silicon alone are susceptible to corrosion and should not be used. General. good strength-toweight ratios. Cantilevered bulkheads derive their support solely from ground penetration. Washers should be placed under bolt heads and nuts to ensure even bearing. acidic waters containing chlorides are more corrosive to aluminum than those containing sulfates. As a general rule. and the use of a filter is recommended as an added precaution. Aluminum sheetpiling has been sold since 1969 and has been used successfully in many applications since then. expert advice should be sought from CERL. Third. and excellent corrosion resistance. D-2. Horizontal wales. distribute the lateral loads on the structure to the anchors. Where questions exist. Prototype performance is well documented and known through the experience gained at hundreds of sites throughout the United States. Second. Advantages of aluminum are light weight (2 to 4 lb/ft2). contact with clay soils should be minimized unless special corrosion treatment measures are instituted. Steel Sheetpiling a. galvanic corrosion with dissimilar metals can be troublesome. General. only treated timber with corrosion-resistant or protected metals for hardware and fasteners should be used. if needed. Wrought iron anchor rods with turnbuckles and bolts have good durability. Detailed design procedures are available in EM 1110-2-2906 or in standard references such as United States Steel Corporation (1975). is used in bulkheads that may be either cantilevered or anchored. The first of these is the alloy composition of the aluminum itself. located within the top one third of the bulkhead height. Sheetpiling Sheetpiling. Prototype installations. Special design and construction suggestions are available from suppliers (Ravens Metal Products 1981. This close fit may also be essentially water-tight. The main disadvantage of aluminum compared to steel is that it cannot be driven through logs. Toe scour results in a loss of embedment length and could threaten the stability of such structures. Steel sheetpiling is the most widely used bulkhead material. Well-designed and well-built timber structures have long been recognized as viable and economical for marine use. rocks. The interlocking feature of the sheet-pile sections provides a relatively sand. differing mechanical or thermal treatment across the surface of the metal can set up electrical potential differences that could lead to corrosion. concrete. or other hard obstructions. b.or soil-tight fit that generally precludes the need for filters. the effective embedment length must be sufficient to prevent overturning. Although aluminum is an active metal in the galvanic series. Aluminum has excellent corrosion resistance in a wide range of water and soil conditions because of the tough oxide film that forms its surface. particularly when contact is made with copper or carbon steel. Joints between the timber sheeting should be minimized. available in various materials including steel. therefore. Timber sheet-pile bulkheads have been installed at numerous locations throughout the United States. Therefore. b. and timber. D-3. certain soils tend to be corrosive to aluminum. Connections between the anchors and the bulkhead should be suitably corrosion protected. welding should be done with care. as do galvanized fasteners. It can be driven into hard. the oxide film is generally stable in the pH range of 4. Timber Sheetpiling a. so regularly spaced weep holes are recommended. installation ease. dense soils and even soft rock. Bolt holes should be no larger than required to provide a tight fit through the timbers. These and lifting holes in the piling should be backed with a proper filter to preclude loss of backfill material. Finally. and lifting holes. this film affords excellent protection except in several special cases. For instance. particularly nondraining clay-organic mucks.5.5 to 8. aluminum. A typical installation is shown in Figure D-3 and details of the construction are in Figure D-4. but the number of these should be minimized to reduce the exposed length of bolt shanks. D-1 . b. Prototype installations (Figures D-1 and D-2). Anchored bulkheads gain additional support from anchors embedded on the landward side or from structural piles placed at a batter on the seaward side.

Lincoln Township. Steel sheet-pile bulkhead cross section D-2 . Sheet-pile bulkhead. MI Figure D-2.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-1.

Timber sheet-pile bulkhead.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-3. possibly at Fort Story. VA Figure D-4. Construction details of timber sheet-pile bulkhead D-3 .

and West Bay.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 c. Typical sections have a tongue-and-groove shape with thicknesses of 12 in. support components of the bulkhead. Prototype installation (Figure D-7). it can be cast at the jobsite for large projects. and widths of 3 ft. MD. b. Concrete sheet-pile bulkhead. Ocean Pines. D-6. Hilton Head Island. General. General. like sheetpiling. SC. Calvert County. MD. resist the earth and wave pressures that are generally distributed to them by the facing material. or marine-borer activity limits the use of other types of sheetpiling. No specific bulkhead installations are known for which background information is available. TX. Prototype installations (Figure D-5). SC. Toe protection is crucial to prevent loss of fill through the bottom of the cell. Figure D-6 shows a concrete sheet-pile bulkhead that was constructed at Folly Beach. each constructed with semicircular walls connected by cross diaphragms. This type of bulkhead. Post-Supported Bulkheads Post-supported bulkheads consist of regularly spaced piles or posts with an attached facing material that retains the backfill. While concrete sheetpiling is not generally available from most suppliers. D-4 . stone. corrosion. primarily for groins. Concrete Sheetpiling a. This is a higher cost and more massive equivalent of the used concrete pipe bulkhead described in paragraph D-17. gravel. Galveston Island. Unlike other sheet-pile structures. Cellular Steel Sheetpiling a. Prestressed concrete sheetpiling has been used throughout the United States. this is a gravity device that resists sliding by bottom friction and overturning by the moment supplied by its weight. Cellular steel sheetpiling can be used in areas where adequate pile penetration cannot be obtained. The posts. can be either cantilevered or anchored. The design cross section is probably very similar to that shown in Figure D-1. with the exception that concrete was used. The actual dimensions for a given project will be a function of design loads. Aluminum sheetpiling has been installed at numerous locations around the country. A possible plan and cross section are shown in Figure D-7. Ocean City. and a concrete cap is necessary in most cases to protect against loss of fill due to overtopping waves. Each cell is then filled with sand. or other material to provide structural stability. Figure D-6. b. No specific design details were available for this structure. Folly Beach. It is particularly advantageous where abrasion. including Bowens Inn. This type of construction has been used on the Great Lakes. Specific performance data on these installations are unavailable. A typical wall consists of cells. Prototype installations. D-7. SC Figure D-5. Aluminum sheet-pile bulkhead cross section D-5.

The seaward toe of the stairs is pile supported. Concrete Slabs and King-Piles a. Concrete slab and king-pile bulkhead D-5 . and stairs. Conceptually. General. Cellular steel sheet-pile bulkhead plan and cross section D-8. or headwall. Tongue-and-groove precast slabs are placed between the flanges of the king-piles to form a heavy. and is shown in Figures D-8 and D-9. this system is almost identical in concept to the previous one. however. Features include a cast-in-place concrete cap. b. The railroad ties. placed at intervals. Prototype installation. Figure D-8. which is used to support the seaward edge of a concrete walkway as shown in Figure D-9.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-7. Railroad Ties and Steel H-Piles a. continuous retaining structure. General. provide access to the beach. This type of structure was built in 1953 at Virginia Beach. Regularly spaced weep-holes are provided for hydrostatic pressure relief. the system utilizes vertical concrete kingpiles that are H-shaped in section. Although utilizing different construction materials. require a cap to retain them in place due to their natural buoyancy. D-9. and the upper end is keyed into the concrete headwall. VA.

The H-piles were set about 12 ft into the sandstone bedrock on 8-ft centers in holes drilled by a truck-mounted auger. The structure subsequently weathered several severe storms with little or no structural damage. Untreated Logs a. A strong filter cloth capable of bridging the gaps between the logs may have yielded adequate performance and prevented failure by retaining the backfill.-square posts on 4-ft centers to which 3. The structure has withstood several storms with some damages due to loss of backfill through discontinuities in the filter cloth. General. Deprived of support from behind. Prototype installation (Figures D-10 and D-11). Horizontal. Prototype installation (Figures D-14 and D-15). Prototype installation (Figures D-12 and D-13). in June 1978 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). the structure was essentially destroyed as the horizontal logs were displaced. in June 1978. pressure-treated planks can be spiked to the landward side of the posts that are anchored to deadmen or piles in the backfill. the railroad ties were placed between the flanges. Similar to the previous system. and a steel channel was welded to the top. Devices of this kind are fairly common where timber is economical (final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). A February 1979 storm later washed out the gravel filter and backfill. this method employs untreated logs as the basic construction material in lieu of treated timbers.by 12-in. Concrete slab and king-pile bulkhead cross section b. After the piles were grouted in place. planks were spiked. These were backed by a gravel filter and granular backfill that provided the basic support to the structure under wave conditions. The planks must be backed by filter cloth or graded stone to prevent soil losses through the cracks. it utilized treated 8-in. b. A bulkhead using this system was built at Port Wing. It consisted of large log posts spaced on 4-ft centers to which horizontal logs were spiked. Constructed at the base of a 30-ft-high bluff. WA. Riprap toe protection should be provided. WI. General. b. Anchors were connected to each post. in November 1978 (final report on the Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). Hogwire Fencing and Sandbags a. General. Hogwire fencing attached to posts can be used to support sandbags stacked on the landward side D-6 . and rock toe protection was placed in front of the wall. and a nonwoven filter cloth and granular backfill were used behind the wall. WA. A typical prototype structure was built at Oak Harbor. D-12. the landward face was covered with a nonwoven filter cloth.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-9. Repairs of these faults improved subsequent performance and limited later damages. Treated Timber a. D-11. An excellent prototype example is a structure that was built at Oak Harbor. D-10. Rock toe protection was provided.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-10. WI Figure D-11. Railroad ties and steel H-pile bulkhead cross section D-7 . Railroad ties and steel H-pile bulkhead. Port Wing.

Treated timber bulkhead cross section D-8 . Oak Harbor. WA Figure D-13. Treated timber bulkhead.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-12.

Oak Harbor. Untreated log bulkhead. Untreated log bulkhead cross section D-9 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-14. WA Figure D-15.

WA. Hogwire fence and sandbag bulkhead Basin Bayou Recreation Area. however. The sandbags are vulnerable to tearing. and the continued sloughing of the bluff eventually deposited enough material behind the bulkhead to allow natural sorting processes to form an effective filter cake. Placed at the toe of a high bluff. Prototype installation (Figures D-18 and D-19). FL (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). Adherence to the guidelines specified above would probably yield more acceptable results for shortto-medium-term performance. A 200-ft section of fence and bag bulkhead was used to protect a low bluff at Basin Bayou State Recreation Area. The acrylic bags did not disintegrate. Tires are advantageous because they are tough and durable and are available free in most areas. it consisted of two rows of staggered posts with tires placed over them to form a structure approximately 4. Hogwire fence and sandbag bulkhead cross section Figure D-16. The tires Figure D-17. a D-10 . hogwire fencing stretched between. General. Constructed in early December 1978. Half of the structure had no filter. Used tire bulkheads have been constructed at many locations around the country (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). Best performance is achievable using PVCcoated.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 of the fence to form a relatively inexpensive structure. Used Rubber Tires and Timber Posts a. and wire rope was used to fasten the posts to deadman anchors. and the other half had equal segments of gravel and filter cloth protection. A good example is one that was built at Oak Harbor. b. the bags and fencing should be placed in a trench excavated to the anticipated scour depth to minimize shifting and damage to the bags.5 ft high. small mesh wire to minimize corrosion and damage to the bags. The basic sections were constructed--one two bags wide and the other three bags wide. This allows the use of burlap bags in place of more expensive synthetic fabric bags that must be stabilized against ultraviolet light. The structure failed after a short period of time when the polypropylene bags. but they were not sufficiently entrenched and so were displaced and torn as toe scour proceeded. which were not stabilized against ultraviolet light. One half of each of these sections was constructed using acrylic bags and the other half using polypropylene bags. Storms that occurred after installation removed the backfill behind the unfiltered portion of the structure. Finally. disintegrated rapidly. Tearing of the exposed front row of bags can be minimized by filling them with a sand-cement mixture. Prototype installation (Figures D-16 and D-17). b. The bulkhead experienced no structural damages. it consisted of timber posts at 5-ft centers with 36-in. The large gaps between the adjoining tires create a problem in providing an adequate filtering system. D-13. if they are undercut by toe scour and slide against the hogwire fencing. in the summer of 1978. The filter-protected portions performed well throughout. FL were filled with gravel as they were placed. Despite the ultimately successful performance of the unfiltered portion. Closely spaced vertical posts can be strung with used rubber tires to form an inexpensive bulkhead. however.

they are extremely rugged and cannot be fastened securely together except by considerable effort and expense.75-in. WI.by 6-in. They are generally easier to construct than post-supported bulkheads. General. and top of the structure. Success depends in large measure on the strength of the interconnections between the tires. Structures of this kind are located throughout the United States. Used rubber tire and timber post bulkhead. Used rubber tire and timber post bulkhead cross section structure such as this should always be constructed with a filter unless a large supply of well-graded backfill is available for a filter to form by sorting processes. as shown. D-15. The tires were placed flat. Timber Cribbing a. Tires have often been tried for shoreprotection devices because of their ready availability at most locations. Threaded rods with washers and nuts can be used at each corner to fasten the structure together. Miscellaneous The following are basically gravity structures that depend on weight and sliding friction to retain the fill. The anchors were 0. in July 1979 (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). Prototype installations (Figures D-21 and D-22). particularly on the Great Lakes. Oak Harbor. care should be taken to use properly treated timber to resist marine borer activity. WA Figure D-19. minimum) that are stacked in alternating layers to form an open weave. Timber crib bulkheads are constructed of heavy-duty timbers (6. Prototype installation (Figure D-20). yet they offer less stability in some cases because they do not penetrate subsurface failure surfaces that may be critical in some bluff situations. Figure D-18. boxlike structure. A row of anchors on 10-ft centers was installed near the toe. In marine applications. While availability of tires is a strong temptation to use them for shore protection. galvanized rods with 4-in. failures result from inadequate connections. with the holes in successive layers of tires being staggered. D-16. These can be stacked in some pyramid fashion to form a bulkhead. b. A stacked tire bulkhead was constructed at Port Wing. General. Adherence to filtering provisions and toe protection requirements is essential. middle. b. In most cases. This box is then filled with stone (at least 50 lb) to form a massive wave-resistant structure. a common failure point for this kind of structure. Stacked Rubber Tires a.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 D-14. If the gaps between the timbers are too large to retain the available stone. notching the ends will decrease the spacing between members. D-11 .

side by side. however. Used concrete pipes can be placed on end. General. Later accretion of the beach in front of the structure may have served to protect it since subsequent damages occurred at a slower rate. The pipe lengths were 4 ft. A typical structure was built around 1976 along the northwest shore of Trinity Bay in McCollum County Park. similar to those used for power poles. A stronger connector would be necessary to achieve long-term stability. TX (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). but the diameters varied from 36 to 90 in. and many tires were lost during the first 12 months. the pipes are filled with gravel or other beach materials. Figure D-23 shows the remnants of a Figure D-21. Nonwoven filter cloth was used behind the structure. The protection is also a crucial consideration. The units were cracked. to form a continuous wall.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-20. Timber crib bulkhead cross section weak. chipped. b. Filtering must be provided to prevent loss of soil between the cracks in the pipes. These proved to be D-12 . Used Concrete Pipes a. Interconnections between tires were made with 40-d galvanized spikes with steel push nuts. D-17. WI anchors. To increase stability. or otherwise unsuitable for culvert use. and a concrete cap may be employed to ensure retention of the gravel. Beach City. Stacked rubber tire bulkhead. The 800-ft-long bulkhead consists of a single row of vertical concrete pipes. Prototype installation (Figures D-23 and D-24). Port Wing.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-22. Used concrete pipe bulkhead. Beach City. TX D-13 . Stacked rubber tire bulkhead cross section Figure D-23.

The other structure was a single 69-in. Prototype installation (Figures D-25 and D-26). and the fill within the pipes was not protected. This coating cannot be applied in the wet. Tubes should not be placed directly at a bluff toe because wave overtopping may continue to cause erosion. along the shore of Lake Superior. factory-stitched to the seaward edge of the filter cloth. WI. Used concrete pipe bulkhead cross section previous device that was built using 18. and placement of broken concrete toe protection. and floating debris caused punctures D-14 . woven. Longard tubes are patented. The major disadvantage is vulnerability to vandalism and damage by waterborne debris. Overtopping waves continued to erode the bluff toe. One was a 69-in. As a result of a July 1979 storm. The primary advantage of a Longard tube is the ease and speed of construction once equipment and materials are in place. D-18. A sand-epoxy coating can be applied to dry tubes after filling to provide significantly greater puncture resistance. tube.and 69-in. tubes to slide or roll lakeward and the 40-in.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure D-24. tube topped with a 40-in. Placement is usually on a woven filter cloth that extends 10 ft seaward of the tube. General. Fortunately. Two types of Longard tube bulkheads were built near Ashland. Design considerations. the relatively low height of the structure precluded damages that would have occurred in taller structures due to the excess hydrostatic pressures that could have developed by blocking the gaps between the pipes with concrete. A concrete grout wedge was placed between the tubes to help resist overturning. and some backfill was lost from behind the pipes. c. Tubes can protect a bank toe against wave attack but have little resistance to large earth pressures. tube on one device to roll backward and fall behind. pipes which was destroyed during Hurricane Carla. tube. Subsequent damages to the structure were limited. Repairs can be made with sewn-on patches. A small 10-in. the structure had no toe protection or filtering system. several pipes were damaged. at the base of a 60.to 36-in. Repairs included a concrete cap to protect the pipe fill. settles under wave action to provide toe protection. Earth pressures caused the 69-in. cement grouting of the gaps between pipes. b. Use of filter cloth or gravel filter during initial construction would have been a preferred method. polyethylene tubes that are hydraulically filled with sand and available in 40. As originally built. diameters and lengths up to 328 ft.to 80-ft bluff (final report on Shoreline Erosion Control Demonstration Program). tube. Longard Tubes a.

Figure D-25. WI in several locations. b. General. Ashland. These can be stepped up a slope. except that the bags are stacked vertically and are used to retain a backfill. D-20. Gabions can also be stacked vertically to construct bulkheads. No examples are known. Stacked Bags a. These continued to enlarge and eventually caused a significant loss of sand fill from within the tubes. Prototype installations. or the structure face can be placed at a small inclination to increase stability. A possible section is shown in Figure D-27. Similar consid erations apply to bulkhead construction. This was true despite the sand-epoxy coating. Figure D-26. General.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 D-19. Gabions a. The cross section and discussion of the hogwire fence and sandbag bulkhead (paragraph D-12) would generally apply here except that no fencing would be used. The use of gabions for revetments was discussed in paragraph B-20. The structure must be stable against sliding and rotation considering any eroded depth at the toe. The uses of bags for revetments was discussed in paragraph B-19. Longard tube bulkhead. Toe protection can be provided by extending baskets out along the bottom a distance sufficient to provide a cutoff in the event of scour. Longard tube bulkhead cross section D-15 . Placement of the tubes away from the bluff toe may have resulted in better performance.

Figure D-29. possibly at Sand Point. Stacked bag bulkhead cross section b. Gabion bulkhead. Details on specific sites are unavailable.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure 27. Prototype installations. Gabion bulkhead cross section Figure D-28. MI D-16 . A photo of an unidentified structure is shown in Figure D-28 along with a possible cross section in Figure D-29.

25 sec 0. concrete blocks. Breaking wave criteria. and soil cement. H-piles and railroad ties. Selection of Alternatives a. Steel sheetpiling. A range of possible options will be considered. Armoring options selected from Appendix B will be riprap. Assume that the existing slope can be regraded to a 1V on 2H slope for revetment construction. Full height retention of the bank is possible using nearly all of the alternatives in Appendix D.0067 from Figure 2-2 Figure E-1.00 3. ds T m ds gT 2 4. E-3. Check the given wave conditions against the maximum breaker height at the site. Seawalls. Revetment Design a. Bulkheads. gabions. 4.91 1.25 sec. General The site conditions shown in Figure E-1 are as follows: design wave height H is 4. Site conditions for sample problem E-1 .10 (nearshore bottom slope) 0. b. and design wave period T is 4. E-2. Revetments. Design wave conditions at this site are too mild to warrant massive seawall construction.20 ft. and gabions will be selected for comparison.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Appendix E Sample Problem c.91 ft E-1. quarrystone.

the number of quarrystones Nr per area (use A = 1. or 585 lb to 975 lb with 50 percent > W (780 lb).000 ft2) is P 37 percent ( Table 2 4 )  A n k∆  1  2 from Equation 2-15: γr H γ KD  r γ  w 3 3 W50 r  1  cot θ   3 165 lb/ft3 4.45 1.2 ( Table 2.20 ft  165 lb/ft3 2. two layers thick (n = 2).20 ft 4. From Equation 2-22.20 ft for design 165 lb/ft3 4.4 ft From Equation 2-23.0   3  64 lb/ft 780 lb Armor size determination.00 ( Table 2 4 )   1/3 W n k∆   γ   r   1/3 780 lb  (2) (1. the armor layer thickness r for n = 2 is k∆ 1.000 ft2 from Equation 2-15: E-2 .2   3  64 lb/ft 705 lb 3 1  2.0 ( Table 2.91 5. angular quarrystone.00)   3   165 lb/ft  3.00)  1  450 stones per 1.0   Graded riprap this large may be difficult to obtain economically.25 sec 2.3 ) 64 lb/ft3 3  2.45 × 3.20 ft (H) γr H 3 γ KD  r γ  w 3 1  cot θ   3 W 4. (1) Riprap.0 1  The suggested gradation is 0.67 ft > 4.3 ) Nr   2/3 P   γr    100   W    2/3 37   165 lb/ft3    100   780 lb   1. Try rough.25 W.20 ft  165 lb/ft3 2. KD 2.75 W to 1. (2) Quarrystone. H T cot θ γr KD γw 4.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Hb ds ∴ Hb ∴ Use H b.0 165 lb/ft3 2. 1.000 ft (2) (1.

18-in. Due to the catastrophic mode of failure of such revetments. Assume that analysis shows that a single layer of pea gravel (12 in. d. (2) Block revetment.12 ft aξ 1 bξ (1. Assuming the design wave is significant wave height Hs Equation 2-1 gives H10 as H10 ≈ 1.53 Rmax (4. c. (1) Quarrystone. The values shown in Table 2-2 indicate that runup will be higher for blocks than for quarrystone.27 Hs ≈ (1. no reliable stability criteria exist for any of these units. the use of a larger design wave such as H10 is recommended. An EOS = 70 filter cloth could also be used. Assume that the design conditions given were for significant wave height and peak wave period in a depth of 15 ft.12 ft      Maximum runup is found from Equations 2-6 and 2-7: ξ tan θ  2 π Hmo  1/2    gT 2  p   0.2 ft/sec (4.37 Rmax Hmo Rmax 4. Wave runup estimation. of crushed stone aggregates. There is no filtering requirement except that hydrostatic pressures should be relieved through regularly spaced drain pipes. The block revetment will be underlain with a filter cloth as described above. Individually placed blocks should generally be avoided for large wave heights. gabions would probably be sufficient (size selected by judgment). Unfortunately. However. mat-type units are preferred. Soil cement may be acceptable. For some of them.247) (2. the second layer will be 12 in.5  1/2 (2) (π) (4.2 ft/sec2 (4.53) 6. and selection is purely by the judgment of the designer.12 ft)    2 2   32. landing mats. (1) Quarrystone revetment. filter fabric. A filter cloth (EOS = 70) may be substituted for the pea gravel underlayer.20 ft Hmo 4. E-3 . Bags. thick) will be acceptable. Tire mats. would have runup and overtopping values intermediate between smooth slopes and riprap.37) 1.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 (3) Concrete blocks.20 ft) ≈ 5. would probably not be stable under waves greater than 4 ft high.29 ft (2) Blocks. Assume that an analysis indicates that a two-stage stone filter will be required beneath the armor layer.20 ft Hmo Hmo     15 ft  exp 0. Gabions.00089     32.12 ft) (1.37) 1 (0. Use Equation 2-3 to find Hmo:    d   exp C0    gT 2  p    C1 Hs Hmo      0. (4) Other revetment materials. Filter requirements. The various concrete blocks shown in Appendix B are suitable for wave heights of 4 ft and below.25 sec)  2.25 sec)2    1. and concrete slabs would not be suitable due to the large wave heights. waves larger than these are at their limit of stability. however.834 4. laid on a slope. The first underlayer will be 12 in.33 ft For waves this large. concrete construction and concrete control blocks form a deep section that would probably be stable despite their relatively low weight/unit.022) (2. of pea gravel.019 4. filled either with sand or concrete. (3) Gabions.27) (4. (4) Soil cement.

60 ft 2. (3) Gabions.5.59 ft ′ Ho H 0.60 ft Using Kr = 2.56 ft (ACES or SPM Appendix C).25-sec wave in a 15-ft depth is 77.29 ft    0. These rates should be determined to properly design any required drainage features. Runup correction factors in Table 2-2 are valid for 1 ≤ Ho′/Kr.913 r (quarrystone) ≈ 0. The wavelength for a 4.61  7.93 H H ′ o 1  2πd   tanh     L   1    1 0.5 ft 1.56 ft sinh (2.61  9.61 Rmax (blocks)  r (blocks)     r (quarrystone)  Rmax (quarrystone)  0.5 ft for a stepped slope.61 Rmax (gabions)  r (gabions)     r (quarrystone)  Rmax (quarrystone)  0.43) 2.75  6. and drainage of the excess water may be necessary.43   5. deter- r (quarrystone) ≈ 0. Overtopping rates were covered in paragraph 2-14 and in Section 7. use a runup correction factor intermediate between quarrystone and blocks such a r = 0.73 ft (5) Runup summary.0 between the values given for cot θ = 1. the wave will have shoaled from deepwater to the 15-ft depth.913 4. Use a riser height of 2.29 ft    0. The required top elevation to preclude overtopping is the design water level plus the predicted runup.77. These values are given in Table E-1. The adjustment to maximum runup value is made as follows: r (blocks) 0.838  1  1 2. The top of the bank is at +11 ft mllw.22 of the SPM. For runup on gabions.69 ft (4) Soil cement. 5.64 E-4 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 From Table 2-2. To determine the deepwater wave height.913 4.5 ft. Ho′ is the deepwater wave height. mine the maximum runup as: r (vertical risers) 0.43 0.77 Ho Kr ′ 4.56 ft  4 π (15 ft) 77.5 and cot θ = 2.77  6. overtopping should be considered. Maximum runup is determined as above for concrete blocks: r (gabions) 0.84 r (quarrystone) ≈ 0. assume a value for a slope of cot θ = 2. therefore. apply the shoaling coefficient given in Equation 2-44 of the SPM or use ACES.93  6.61 Rmax (vertical risers)  r (vertical risers)     r (quarrystone)  Rmax (quarrystone)  0.838 which is within the acceptable range. A splash apron should be provided for those alternatives.61  7.20 ft 0. Because the design H is assumed to be given in a depth of 15 ft.29 ft    0.64  1  4πd       L     4πd sinh    L  0.  2πd tanh    L  4πd L  4πd sinh    L   2 π (15 ft)  tanh    77.75 Therefore. but this will not be investigated in this example.

5 4. E-4.5 2.50 12.82 ft) 9. Cantilever or anchored sections are chosen based on standard structural design calculations.70) 7.69 7. shapes.25 sec)2 0.0 Minimum 2.0 5.91 4. This is probably conservative in that it does not consider structure.46 ft 14.46 ft The required elevation of the top of the wall is therefore 4. Toe scour. f. The maximum water depth is 3.2 ft/sec2 (4.0 5. The toe scour depth below the natural bottom will be assumed equal to the wave height.37 ft mllw Table E-2 Estimated Toe Scour Depths for Sample Revetment Options Scour Depth.33 ft.0079 read from SPM Figure 7-14 R Ho ′ 1.50 e.20 ft. From paragraph E-3a. Table E-3 summarizes revetment design data. ft 4.91 ft at the design water level.20 ≈ 11. Design cross sections for each alternative are shown in Figure E-2.67 ft. Rock toe protection or structure embedment will be at least the maximum depth except in the case of gabions where their flexibility will be relied on to cut off any toe scour that may occur. the maximum breaker height at the design water level is 5.82 ft Correcting for scale effects with SPM Figure 7-13 R′ (1.91 ft 4.29 9.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Table E-1 Predicted Runup and Required Crest Elevations for Sample Revetment Options Structure Quarrystone Concrete blocks Gabions Soil cement Water Level. ft Revetment Type Quarrystone Concrete blocks Gabions Soil cement Maximum 5. In paragraph E-3b(3) it powas found that H10 = 5. Bulkhead Design a. The toe is exposed at mean lower low water (mllw). or wave reflection properties. (1) Wave runup.60 ft 32.64 ≈ 12.91 4.59 7. Sheetpiling.60 ft 0.25 14.0 Reflection Potential Low Low-Moderate Moderate-High Moderate-High E-5 . The minimum predicted scour depths are shown below in Table E-2. ft 11.91 Runup. Design summary. The depth of toe scour should be estimated based on a wave larger than the significant design wave of 4.73 Crest Elevation. ft 6.0 4.70 ′ R (Ho) (1.21) (7.50 12. Using SPM Figure 7-14 with ds H ′ o 3.0 5.91 4. Important design considerations are wave runup and toe protection.6 ≈ 12.85 Ho gT ′ 2 4.91 ft 9. Therefore. assume that the maximum scour depth will be about 5 ft beneath the existing bottom.

Revetment section alternatives E-6 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Figure E-2.

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95
Table E-3 Summary of Revetment Design Options Crest Elevation Wave Height ft 4.20 5.30 4.20 4.20 Required ft 11.25 14.50 12.50 12.50 Actual ft 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 Minimum Toe Scour ft 2.5 2.5 4.0 4.0

Revetment Type Quarrystone Concrete blocks Gabions Soil cement

Armor Size 780 lb Note (1) 18-in. baskets Note (2)

(1) Mats of concrete blocks will be used. (2) Layer thickness will be 2.5 ft.

Because the height of the shoreline is only 11.0 ft mllw, overtopping will occur and a splash apron should be provided. (2) Toe protection. Under design water level conditions the toe will be submerged. The toe stone should be sized in accordance with Equation 2-15. Use the H10 wave height of 5.33 ft. Note that the actual slope of the toe protection would be nearly flat. Using cot θ = 3.0 is conservative. The suggested gradation would be 0.75 W to 1.25 W, or 795 lb to 1,325 lb, with 50 percent greater than W (1,060 lb). Layer thickness is determined from Equation 2-22 with n = 2 and k∆ = 1.00 (Table 2-4). H10 γr KD γr γw cot θ W 5.33 ft 165 lb/ft3 2.0 (Table 2 3, rough, angular quarrystone) 165 lb/ft3 64 lb/ft3 3.0 γr H 3 3 1  cot θ  
3

r

 1/3 W n k∆   γ   r  1/3 1,060 lb  (2) (1.00)   3   165 lb/ft  3.7 ft

Assume an anchored section as shown in Figure E-3. The toe apron should protect the passive earth pressure zone but should be no less than twice the wave height. The width of the passive earth pressure zone is Width Kp de (2.46) (6.5 ft) 16 ft

2.58

which assumes a soil φ of 25 deg and a Kp value of 2.46. Use a 16-ft toe apron width, as this is longer than twice the wave height (5.33 ft x 2 = 10.66 ft). b. Other bulkhead materials. Concrete slabs and king-piles are probably too expensive for all but very large installations. Railroad ties and steel H-piles are acceptable provided marine borer activity can be resisted by standard creosote-treated ties. The same is true for other timber structures. Hogwire fencing and sandbags are suitable for temporary structures, as are used rubber tires. Used concrete pipes cannot retain the full bluff height. Gabions can be stacked to almost any height needed in bluff situations. Figure E-3 contains sections of a railroad tie and H-pile bulkhead and a gabion bulkhead.

γ KD  r γ  w

165 lb/ft3 5.33 ft  165 lb/ft3 2.0   3  64 lb/ft 1,060 lb

3 1  3.0  

E-7

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95

Figure E-3. Bulkhead section alternatives

E-8

EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Toe protection for the gabion bulkhead should extend horizontally for one wave height. Use 6 ft, which is the width of two of the 36-in. baskets shown in Figure E-3. E-5. Cost Estimates Cost estimates will be developed for 1,000 lin ft of protection. These estimates are shown for illustrative purposes only and should not be interpreted as definitive of costs likely to be encountered at a specific project site. Costs of various options can vary significantly in different parts of the country depending on availability of materials and transportation charges. It is likely that the relative ranking of options (based on cost) for a particular project would be entirely different from the one developed here.
Table E-4 Site Preparation Costs for Revetment Alternative Item Site clearing Excavation Grading Total Quantity 0.3 acre 3,700 yd3 2,500 yd2 Unit Cost, $ 3,000 2.25 0.50 Total Cost, $ 900 8,325 1,250 $10,475

a. Revetments. Assume all revetments will be placed on a 1V to 2H slope achieved by grading the bluff face. Assume the site preparation costs shown in Table E-4. (1) Quarrystone. From paragraph E-3b(2), the layer thickness is 3.4 ft. The total stone volume is 4,300 yd3 (including the embedded toe). Underlayers will be 12 in. of crushed stone over 12 in. of pea gravel or 12 in. of crushed stone over a filter cloth. Costs of these items are shown in Table E-5. (2) Concrete blocks. Use a typical mat material that is commercially available. Place it over a filter cloth with

Table E-5 Material Costs for Armor Stone Revetment Alternative Item Armor stone 12-in. crushed stone 12-in. pea gravel Filter cloth Toe excavation Total using filter cloth Quantity 4,300 yd3 3,745 yd 3,745 yd 36,830 ft2 720 yd3
2

Unit Cost, $ 60.00 4.35 2.95 0.25 2.25

Total Cost, $ 258,000 16,275 11,050 9,200 1,625 $285,100

2

a 10-ft-wide splash apron. Table E-6.

Item costs are shown in

(3) Gabions. Use 18-in. baskets with a 9-ft-wide toe blanket and a 6-ft-wide splash apron. Place them over a filter cloth or 12 in. of pea gravel. Material costs for this option are shown in Table E-7.

(4) Soil cement. Place in 31 6-in. lifts, with each lift being 6 ft wide. Final grading will not be required for site preparation. Material costs for this option are listed in Table E-8. (5) Revetment summary. Table E-9 contains a summary of initial costs for the four revetment options.

E-9

00 2.775 37. $ 10.90 4.700 ft 43.475 10. $ 3.930 14.00 2.155 yd2 4. $ 1.95 0.00 2. $ 145.620 $154.000 yd3 Table E-9 Summary of Initial Costs for the Revetment Options Option Quarrystone Concrete blocks Gabions Soil cement Site Preparation.680 Total Cost.905 E-10 .475 9.700 yd3 1.350 $154. $ 285. $ 142.700 ft 2 Unit Cost.400 ft2 Table E-8 Material Costs for Soil-Cement Revetment Option Item Backfill Soil-cement treatment Compaction Toe excavation Total Quantity 3.100 154.800 2.575 165.775 80. $ 295.250 $80.700 yd3 20.425 12.155 yd 2 Unit Cost.225 Construction.680 3.260 9.25 Total Cost.25 Total Cost.250 89.025 10.925 1.045 165.25 Total Cost.570 2 720 yd3 Table E-7 Material Costs for Gabion Revetment Option Item Gabions 12-in.475 10.25 0.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Table E-6 Material Costs for Concrete Block Revetment Alternative Item Block mat Filter cloth Toe excavation Total Quantity 43.665 yd 2 Unit Cost.25 2.700 59.570 154. pea gravel Filter cloth Total using filter cloth Quantity 4. $ 35. $ 3.

Annual costs.00 40.500 49. (1) Steel sheetpiling.00 Total Cost. The environmental and social impacts must also be considered before a final design is selected.00 60. Use 1.975 yd 3 Unit Cost. Material costs are listed in Table E-11.00 60. baskets with a 9-ft toe blanket and a 6-ft splash apron of 18-in. followed closely by the soil-cement revetment. d.00 14.500 100 $418.000 250 100 178.00 60. Material costs are listed in Table E-10. From Table E-4.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 b. All options are based on a 50-yr life.00 0. (2) Railroad ties and steel H-piles.200 $364. Use 36-in. $ 500. baskets.00 Total Cost.500 ft 2 Unit Cost. Compute annual costs based on a federal discount rate (7-7/8 percent for this example) and annual maintenance costs equal to the given percentage of the initial cost.500 49. Table E-10 Material Costs for Steel Sheetpile Bulkhead Option Item Sheetpiling 10-ft anchor piles and anchor rods Toe protection Splash apron Filter cloth Backfill Total Quantity 16. (4) Bulkhead summary. Material costs are listed in Table E-12.975 yd3 820 yd 26. Bulkheads.950 ea 1.5-ft embedded length for an anchored wall. $ 181. Based on total annual costs.000 ft2 100 yd3 2.055-lb stones for toe and splash protection.00 0.550 820 yd 3 E-11 . Assume only site clearing is required for preparation. Use 1. Summary. $ 58.000 ft 2 3 100 yd3 Table E-11 Material Costs for Railroad Ties and Steel H-Pile Bulkhead Option Item 25-ft steel H-piles Railroad ties Filter cloth Backfill Toe protection Splash apron Total Quantity 117 ea 1.25 1.055-lb stones for toe protection.600 200 ft 2.25 1. the gabion bulkhead would be most economical at this site.800 178. Assume a 10-ft height plus a 6. total site preparation cost is $900.500 78. c. The annual costs are summarized in Table E-14.00 60. $ 11. (3) Gabions. Table E-13 contains a summary of initial costs for the three bulkhead options.500 2.200 6.

600 364. 18-in.620 37.25 1.860 19. $ Capital Recovery Cost.650 ft2 100 yd 3 3 Unit Cost. $ 120.500 365.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Table E-12 Material Costs for Gabion Bulkhead Option Item Gabions.250 8.575 165.250 89.270 12.225 21.820 28.550 151.955 8. baskets Gabions.450 7. $ Total Annual Cost. $ 419.260 13.475 Total Cost.030 1 5 5 15 2.450 152.910 12.475 2 Table E-13 Summary of Initial Costs for the Bulkhead Options Option Steel sheetpiling Railroad ties and steel H-piles Gabions Site Preparation.925 100 $151.190 20. baskets Filter cloth Backfill Total Quantity 2.160 21. $ Revetments Quarrystone Concrete blocks Gabions Soil-cement Bulkheads Steel sheetpiling Railroad ties and steel H-piles Gabions 419.930 7.520 E-12 . 36-in.200 18.00 35. $ 60.920 1 5 5 4. $ 418.00 0.540 295.905 23.000 yd 670 yd 31.500 365.045 165.00 Total Cost.375 32. $ 900 900 900 Construction.000 23.375 Table E-14 Summary of Annual Costs for Revetment and Bulkhead Options Option Total Initial Cost.490 26.270 7. $ Maintenance (Annual %) Annual Maintenance Cost.590 11.020 46.450 152.

mm Lo m ft ft/ft Deepwater wavelength Nearshore bottom slope (ratio of H/V) Number of equivalent spherical diameters of armor stone corresponding to the median stone weight that could fit within the layer thickness Number of armor stones per unit surface area Porosity of an armor layer h ft hs ft n H ft Nr P Q cfs/ft Wave overtopping rate F-1 ./in. above filter fabric Empirical armor layer thickness Empirical armor unit stability coefficient H10 ft i i1 in. k∆ KD d15 ft. mm Kr K1 ft Characteristic armor unit size Empirical toe stone stability coefficient d85 ft./in.EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Appendix F Glossary Symbol a b B C0 C1 C2 de ft ft Units Term Regression coefficient Regression coefficient Minimum toe apron depth Regression coefficient Regression coefficient Regression coefficient Embedment depth below the natural bottom for a sheetpile bulkhead Water depth at a structure Vertical distance from the stillwater level to the top of the toe stone 15 percent passing size of a soil or rock gradation Equivalent spherical diameter of the median particle in a gradation 85 percent passing size of a soil or rock gradation Height of a structure crest above the bottom Height of a bulkhead crest above the original existing bottom (a) Wave height (b) Horizontal dimension used in designating slope Hb HD=0 ft ft Maximum breaker height Zero-damage wave height for armor stability determination Symbol Hmo Ho′ Units ft Term Wave height of zeroth moment of wave spectrum Unrefracted height deepwater wave ft Hs H1 ft ft Significant wave height Average of highest 1 percent of all waves Average of highest 10 percent of all waves Hydraulic gradient Hydraulic gradient through filter fabric and the 1 in. mm d50 ft. in. ds d1 ft ft i2 in./in. of soil immediately above it Hydraulic gradient through soil located between 1 and 3 in.

rad ft/sec W W15 lb lb deg F-2 .EM 1110-2-1614 30 Jun 95 Symbol r Units ft Term (a) Armor unit layer thickness (b) Rough slope correction factor rmin R ft ft runup W15 min lb Lower limit of the W15 stone weight for a riprap gradation Median stone weight of a riprap gradation Maximum median stone weight of a riprap gradation Minimum median stone weight of a riprap gradation Largest permissible stone weight within a riprap gradation Upper limit of the W100 stone weight of a riprap gradation Lower limit of the W100 stone weight of a riprap gradation Unit weight of armor stone or armor unit Unit weight of water Angle of a slope measured from the horizontal Angle of internal friction of soil or rubble Symbol W15 max Units lb Term Upper limit of the W15 stone weight for a riprap gradation Minimum rirap layer thickness W50 Wave runup height above the still water level W50 max lb Maximum wave runup height above the still water level W50 min lb Specific gravity of armor unit lb Rmax ft Sr T Tp sec sec Wave period Wave period of peak energy density of the wave spectrum Average wave period of highest 1/3 of all waves Average wave period of a wave spectrum (a) Vertical dimension of a slope (b) Current velocity across the toe of a structure Armor unit weight 15 percent passing size of a riprap gradation W100 lb W100 max lb Ts sec W100 min γr γw θ φ lb Tz sec lb/ft3 V ft lb/ft3 deg.

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->